CA2591079A1 - Bridged ring nk1 antagonists - Google Patents
Bridged ring nk1 antagonists Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2591079A1 CA2591079A1 CA002591079A CA2591079A CA2591079A1 CA 2591079 A1 CA2591079 A1 CA 2591079A1 CA 002591079 A CA002591079 A CA 002591079A CA 2591079 A CA2591079 A CA 2591079A CA 2591079 A1 CA2591079 A1 CA 2591079A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- compound
- independently
- substituents
- formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 title description 10
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 480
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 103
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 108010040718 Neurokinin-1 Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 102000002002 Neurokinin-1 Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 180
- -1 -O-alkyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 132
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 119
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 106
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 100
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 68
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 65
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 64
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 50
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 102100037346 Substance-P receptor Human genes 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 41
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 36
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 34
- 229940124834 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000012896 selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000171 (C1-C6) haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000003369 serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000032841 Bulimia Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical group FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003136 dopamine receptor stimulating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 claims description 9
- FELGMEQIXOGIFQ-CYBMUJFWSA-N (3r)-9-methyl-3-[(2-methylimidazol-1-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1h-carbazol-4-one Chemical compound CC1=NC=CN1C[C@@H]1C(=O)C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2C)=C2CC1 FELGMEQIXOGIFQ-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 101000955470 Trichophyton rubrum (strain ATCC MYA-4607 / CBS 118892) ABC multidrug transporter MDR5 Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005037 alkyl phenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002762 nociceptin receptor agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960005343 ondansetron Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000020341 sensory perception of pain Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000000103 Anorexia Nervosa Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010004716 Binge eating Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000020925 Bipolar disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010006550 Bulimia nervosa Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010026749 Mania Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010036618 Premenstrual syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000007930 alcohol dependence Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002249 anxiolytic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000014679 binge eating disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000019899 phobic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002485 serotonin 2C agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000019116 sleep disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000009032 substance abuse Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 231100000736 substance abuse Toxicity 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000011117 substance-related disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000004550 Postoperative Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000022371 chronic pain syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010034912 Phobia Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100024304 Protachykinin-1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000029162 bladder disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- QDZOEBFLNHCSSF-PFFBOGFISA-N (2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2S)-6-amino-2-[[(2S)-1-[(2R)-2-amino-5-carbamimidamidopentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]hexanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)propanoyl]amino]-N-[(2R)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2R)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-amino-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]pentanediamide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C1=CC=CC=C1 QDZOEBFLNHCSSF-PFFBOGFISA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 101800003906 Substance P Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010065040 AIDS dementia complex Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010012335 Dependence Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000030814 Eating disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000019454 Feeding and Eating disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000014632 disordered eating Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000010643 digestive system disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000018685 gastrointestinal system disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000020685 sleep-wake disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000026533 urinary bladder disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 229940126570 serotonin reuptake inhibitor Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 239000003772 serotonin uptake inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 10
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 403
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 383
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 279
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 176
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 156
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 154
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 148
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 98
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 86
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 82
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 81
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 74
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 72
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 65
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 61
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 61
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 61
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 61
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 61
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 53
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 51
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 50
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 49
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 43
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 41
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 38
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 36
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 35
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 35
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 35
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 35
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 32
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 32
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 31
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 31
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 31
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 25
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 23
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 22
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 21
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 19
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 17
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 16
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 16
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 15
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 15
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 14
- NIZHERJWXFHGGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanato(trimethyl)silane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N=C=O NIZHERJWXFHGGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 14
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 12
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 11
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N serotonin Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(CCN)=CNC2=C1 QZAYGJVTTNCVMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 8
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nitrite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]N=O LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- AZUYLZMQTIKGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[6-[4-(5-chloro-6-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-3-(1-methylindazol-5-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl]prop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound ClC=1C(=C2C=NNC2=CC=1C)C=1C(=NN(C=1C)C1CC2(CN(C2)C(C=C)=O)C1)C=1C=C2C=NN(C2=CC=1)C AZUYLZMQTIKGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 7
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101100172290 Candida albicans (strain SC5314 / ATCC MYA-2876) ENG1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000020401 Depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 6
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical class [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000048 adrenergic agonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000002333 angiotensin II receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 5
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940127293 prostanoid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 150000003814 prostanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229940076279 serotonin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 0 *[C@](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CN(CCCC1)C1=O)(C1)N2)(c3ccccc3)N1CC2=O Chemical compound *[C@](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CN(CCCC1)C1=O)(C1)N2)(c3ccccc3)N1CC2=O 0.000 description 4
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-1,2,3-Triazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNN=1 QWENRTYMTSOGBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HGINCPLSRVDWNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrolein Chemical compound C=CC=O HGINCPLSRVDWNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Allylamine Chemical compound NCC=C VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical group [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC(Cl)=O VGCXGMAHQTYDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000009493 Neurokinin receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108050000302 Neurokinin receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenoxyethane Chemical compound CCOC=C FJKIXWOMBXYWOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyoxal Chemical compound O=CC=O LEQAOMBKQFMDFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- SHFJWMWCIHQNCP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydron;tetrabutylazanium;sulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O.CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC SHFJWMWCIHQNCP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound [Li+].C[Si](C)(C)[N-][Si](C)(C)C YNESATAKKCNGOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 4
- XMWFMEYDRNJSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholine-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)N1CCOCC1 XMWFMEYDRNJSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000002742 neurokinin 1 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 ZDYVRSLAEXCVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010288 sodium nitrite Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydropyridine hydrochloride Natural products C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000005541 ACE inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940118365 Endothelin receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 3
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101100272976 Panax ginseng CYP716A53v2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 3
- AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Paroxetine hydrochloride Natural products C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C1C(COC=2C=C3OCOC3=CC=2)CNCC1 AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004257 Potassium Channel Human genes 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Raney nickel Chemical compound [Al].[Ni] NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940123237 Taxane Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940126157 adrenergic receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940044094 angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004659 aryl alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002857 endothelin converting enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002308 endothelin receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000336 melanocortin receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108020001213 potassium channel Proteins 0.000 description 3
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002461 renin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940086526 renin-inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003590 rho kinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N taxane Chemical class C([C@]1(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1C1)C[C@H]2[C@H](C)CC[C@@H]1C2(C)C DKPFODGZWDEEBT-QFIAKTPHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CFOAUYCPAUGDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tosmic Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)C[N+]#[C-])C=C1 CFOAUYCPAUGDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-YOEHRIQHSA-N (+)-Casbol Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1[C@H]1[C@H](COC=2C=C3OCOC3=CC=2)CNCC1 AHOUBRCZNHFOSL-YOEHRIQHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FMCAFXHLMUOIGG-JTJHWIPRSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2r)-2-formamido-3-sulfanylpropanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-methylsulfanylbutanoic acid Chemical compound O=CN[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(O)=O)CC1=CC(C)=C(O)C=C1C FMCAFXHLMUOIGG-JTJHWIPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Pyrroline Chemical compound C1CC=NC1 ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TYEYBOSBBBHJIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-oxobutanoate Chemical compound CCC(=O)C([O-])=O TYEYBOSBBBHJIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PPWLAQVKIFDULF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine Chemical compound N1C2=NC=CC=C2C=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 PPWLAQVKIFDULF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940123413 Angiotensin II antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000009079 Bronchial Spasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000014181 Bronchial disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010006482 Bronchospasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002083 C09CA01 - Losartan Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004072 C09CA03 - Valsartan Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002947 C09CA04 - Irbesartan Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002053 C09CA06 - Candesartan Substances 0.000 description 2
- GHOSNRCGJFBJIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Candesartan cilexetil Chemical compound C=12N(CC=3C=CC(=CC=3)C=3C(=CC=CC=3)C3=NNN=N3)C(OCC)=NC2=CC=CC=1C(=O)OC(C)OC(=O)OC1CCCCC1 GHOSNRCGJFBJIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000014997 Crohn colitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010012442 Dermatitis contact Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100145155 Escherichia phage lambda cIII gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LFMYNZPAVPMEGP-PIDGMYBPSA-N Fluvoxamine maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.COCCCC\C(=N/OCCN)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 LFMYNZPAVPMEGP-PIDGMYBPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000005615 Interstitial Cystitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GIYXAJPCNFJEHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-3-phenyl-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-1-propanamine hydrochloride (1:1) Chemical compound Cl.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(CCNC)OC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 GIYXAJPCNFJEHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 101100030361 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) pph-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010030043 Ocular hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031649 Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010038910 Retinitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010041250 Social phobia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010046543 Urinary incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetyl chloride Chemical compound CC(Cl)=O WETWJCDKMRHUPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012346 acetyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001447 alkali salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005213 alkyl heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 2
- BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N allyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC=C BHELZAPQIKSEDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001414 amino alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001430 anti-depressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VMWNQDUVQKEIOC-CYBMUJFWSA-N apomorphine Chemical compound C([C@H]1N(C)CC2)C3=CC=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C1C2=CC=C3 VMWNQDUVQKEIOC-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004046 apomorphine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- MOTJMGVDPWRKOC-QPVYNBJUSA-N atrasentan Chemical compound C1([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](CN2CC(=O)N(CCCC)CCCC)C=2C=C3OCOC3=CC=2)C(O)=O)=CC=C(OC)C=C1 MOTJMGVDPWRKOC-QPVYNBJUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940095076 benzaldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003065 bosentan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SXTRWVVIEPWAKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bosentan hydrate Chemical compound O.COC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C(=NC(=N1)C=2N=CC=CN=2)OCCO)=C1NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 SXTRWVVIEPWAKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229960000932 candesartan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012829 chemotherapy agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010247 contact dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000024732 dysthymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VEUUMBGHMNQHGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl chloroacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCl VEUUMBGHMNQHGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001207 fluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960000647 gepirone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QOIGKGMMAGJZNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N gepirone Chemical compound O=C1CC(C)(C)CC(=O)N1CCCCN1CCN(C=2N=CC=CN=2)CC1 QOIGKGMMAGJZNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940015043 glyoxal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000005368 heteroarylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960002198 irbesartan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YCPOHTHPUREGFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N irbesartan Chemical compound O=C1N(CC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2[N]N=NN=2)C(CCCC)=NC21CCCC2 YCPOHTHPUREGFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002551 irritable bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- UBJFKNSINUCEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;2-methylpropane Chemical compound [Li+].C[C-](C)C UBJFKNSINUCEAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJJZZJSZUJXYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N losartan Chemical compound CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C=2[N]N=NN=2)C=C1 KJJZZJSZUJXYEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004773 losartan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- NXPHGHWWQRMDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;carbanide;bromide Chemical compound [CH3-].[Mg+2].[Br-] NXPHGHWWQRMDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003475 metalloproteinase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Natural products C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000003152 motion sickness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DYCKFEBIOUQECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N nefazodone hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].O=C1N(CCOC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(CC)=NN1CCCN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 DYCKFEBIOUQECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000025319 neurotic depression Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000015238 neurotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BSCHIACBONPEOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane;hydrate Chemical compound O.C1CCOC1 BSCHIACBONPEOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002296 paroxetine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003056 phentolamine mesylate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 208000028173 post-traumatic stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- IUBQJLUDMLPAGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N([K])[Si](C)(C)C IUBQJLUDMLPAGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- VGKDLMBJGBXTGI-SJCJKPOMSA-N sertraline Chemical compound C1([C@@H]2CC[C@@H](C3=CC=CC=C32)NC)=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 VGKDLMBJGBXTGI-SJCJKPOMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012258 stirred mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000946 synaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylphosphine Chemical compound CCCCP(CCCC)CCCC TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl orthoformate Chemical compound COC(OC)OC PYOKUURKVVELLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ACWBQPMHZXGDFX-QFIPXVFZSA-N valsartan Chemical compound C1=CC(CN(C(=O)CCCC)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C1=NN=NN1 ACWBQPMHZXGDFX-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004699 valsartan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PNVNVHUZROJLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N venlafaxine Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(CN(C)C)C1(O)CCCCC1 PNVNVHUZROJLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-Camphoric acid Chemical class CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRKODOZNUZCUBN-CCAGOZQPSA-N (1z,3z)-cycloocta-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC\C=C/C=C\C1 RRKODOZNUZCUBN-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJLIKUSWRSEPSM-WGQQHEPDSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-[6-amino-8-[(4-phenylphenyl)methylamino]purin-9-yl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1CNC1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O YJLIKUSWRSEPSM-WGQQHEPDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPDDTAJMJCESGV-CTUHWIOQSA-M (3r,5r)-7-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[methyl-[(1r)-1-phenylethyl]carbamoyl]-4-propan-2-ylpyrazol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydroxyheptanoate Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C)N(C)C(=O)C2=NN(C(CC[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC([O-])=O)=C2C(C)C)C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 MPDDTAJMJCESGV-CTUHWIOQSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSEQXVZVJXJVFP-HXUWFJFHSA-N (R)-citalopram Chemical compound C1([C@@]2(C3=CC=C(C=C3CO2)C#N)CCCN(C)C)=CC=C(F)C=C1 WSEQXVZVJXJVFP-HXUWFJFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-MRXNPFEDSA-N (R)-fluoxetine Chemical compound O([C@H](CCNC)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 RTHCYVBBDHJXIQ-MRXNPFEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N (S)-duloxetine Chemical compound C1([C@@H](OC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC=2)CCNC)=CC=CS1 ZEUITGRIYCTCEM-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004530 1,2,4-triazinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=NC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- MOHYOXXOKFQHDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(chloromethyl)-4-methoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(CCl)C=C1 MOHYOXXOKFQHDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WIHMBLDNRMIGDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3h-2-benzofuran-5-carbonitrile;hydron;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].O1CC2=CC(C#N)=CC=C2C1(CCC[NH+](C)C)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 WIHMBLDNRMIGDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorobutane Chemical class CCCCCl VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUQPJRPDRDVQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorooctadecane Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCl VUQPJRPDRDVQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFWNKCLOYSRHCJ-AGUYFDCRSA-N 1-methyl-N-[(1S,5R)-9-methyl-9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-3-yl]-3-indazolecarboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)NC3C[C@H]4CCC[C@@H](C3)N4C)=NN(C)C2=C1 MFWNKCLOYSRHCJ-AGUYFDCRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001088 1-naphthoyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- PFHGNIMWELIXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-nitropiperidine Chemical class [O-][N+](=O)N1CCCCC1 PFHGNIMWELIXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrofuran Chemical compound C1CC=CO1 JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoethanol Chemical compound OCCBr LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000069 2-butynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethylbromide Chemical class BrCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrroline Chemical compound C1CC=CN1 RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXNVCYJXFQPEKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloropyridine-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CN=C1C=O QXNVCYJXFQPEKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLQPTZAAUROJMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)benzaldehyde Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 GLQPTZAAUROJMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDIIZULDSLKBKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobutanoyl chloride Chemical compound ClCCCC(Cl)=O CDIIZULDSLKBKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVNNWKWHLOJLOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-chloropentanoyl chloride Chemical compound ClCCCCC(Cl)=O SVNNWKWHLOJLOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKBLHFILKIKSQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-methyl-3-[(2-methyl-1h-imidazol-3-ium-3-yl)methyl]-2,3-dihydro-1h-carbazol-4-one;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CC1=NC=CN1CC1C(=O)C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)N2C)=C2CC1 MKBLHFILKIKSQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 208000031295 Animal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100036170 C-X-C motif chemokine 9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KXEKBNSVJBFTFA-AQFYMUOZSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC1)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N(CC2)C[C@]1(C(N1)=O)N2C1=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC1)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N(CC2)C[C@]1(C(N1)=O)N2C1=O KXEKBNSVJBFTFA-AQFYMUOZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHCFGFGHTWNGEC-HOYKHHGWSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CCCCO)(c1ccccc1)N(C)CCNC(N)=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CCCCO)(c1ccccc1)N(C)CCNC(N)=O GHCFGFGHTWNGEC-HOYKHHGWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWXQJFFRHBHXIM-NKZLTUDSSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@@](COCc1ccccc1)(C1)N23)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=NNC3=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@@](COCc1ccccc1)(C1)N23)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=NNC3=O AWXQJFFRHBHXIM-NKZLTUDSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXDHHWLVRNTKJA-SCAOBHIJSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CN(Cc1ccccc1)Cc1ccccc1)(C1)N2)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CN(Cc1ccccc1)Cc1ccccc1)(C1)N2)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=O FXDHHWLVRNTKJA-SCAOBHIJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJOMLJJJFWZLJM-RWMJEDQASA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CNC1CC1)(C1)N2)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CNC1CC1)(C1)N2)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=O LJOMLJJJFWZLJM-RWMJEDQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBMHPLIXATUEML-ZDERHKTGSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CNCc1ccccc1)(C1)N2)(c3ccccc3)N1CC2=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](CNCc1ccccc1)(C1)N2)(c3ccccc3)N1CC2=O QBMHPLIXATUEML-ZDERHKTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGSKLGBHFAZEGQ-OBJLUADHSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](COCC1CC1)(C1)N2CC3CC3)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=O Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@](CC[C@](COCC1CC1)(C1)N2CC3CC3)(C(/C=C\C=C/C)=C)N1CC2=O RGSKLGBHFAZEGQ-OBJLUADHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGTLSPSQGKOCFQ-HHJKRLRDSA-N C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@]1(c2ccccc2)N(CC(N=C)=O)C[C@@H](C[n]2nnnc2)CC1 Chemical compound C[C@H](c1cc(C(F)(F)F)cc(C(F)(F)F)c1)OC[C@]1(c2ccccc2)N(CC(N=C)=O)C[C@@H](C[n]2nnnc2)CC1 QGTLSPSQGKOCFQ-HHJKRLRDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100101413 Caenorhabditis elegans ubh-4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HTJDQJBWANPRPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropylamine Chemical compound NC1CC1 HTJDQJBWANPRPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006646 Dess-Martin oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical class C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydropyran Chemical compound C1COC=CC1 BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000699694 Gerbillinae Species 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000947172 Homo sapiens C-X-C motif chemokine 9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000831616 Homo sapiens Protachykinin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004566 IR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000000994 L-ascorbates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical class CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFTLOKWAGJYHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylmorpholine N-oxide Chemical compound CN1(=O)CCOCC1 LFTLOKWAGJYHHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004069 NO2BF4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940122540 Neurokinin receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic acid Chemical class CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000003141 Tachykinin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSLUFJFHTBIXMW-WYEYVKMPSA-N [(3r,4ar,5s,6s,6as,10s,10ar,10bs)-3-ethenyl-10,10b-dihydroxy-3,4a,7,7,10a-pentamethyl-1-oxo-6-(2-pyridin-2-ylethylcarbamoyloxy)-5,6,6a,8,9,10-hexahydro-2h-benzo[f]chromen-5-yl] acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@]2(O[C@](C)(CC(=O)[C@]2(O)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)CCC(C)(C)[C@@H]21)C=C)C)OC(=O)C)C(=O)NCCC1=CC=CC=N1 PSLUFJFHTBIXMW-WYEYVKMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PXAJQJMDEXJWFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetone oxime Chemical compound CC(C)=NO PXAJQJMDEXJWFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008043 acidic salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L aspartate group Chemical class N[C@@H](CC(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-] CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L 0.000 description 1
- XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N asunaprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1C[C@H](CN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)OC1=NC=C(C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C21)OC)N[C@]1(C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2CC2)C[C@H]1C=C XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005334 azaindolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- HKVFISRIUUGTIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O azanium;cerium;nitrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Ce].[O-][N+]([O-])=O HKVFISRIUUGTIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005513 benzoazaindolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004601 benzofurazanyl group Chemical group N1=C2C(=NO1)C(=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M bisulphate group Chemical group S([O-])(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;oxolane Chemical compound [B].C1CCOC1 UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001642 boronic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LKXYJYDRLBPHRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromocyclopropane Chemical compound BrC1CC1 LKXYJYDRLBPHRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004648 butanoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical class C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000068 chlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001653 citalopram Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000584 citalopram hydrobromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940125961 compound 24 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008050 dialkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WGLUMOCWFMKWIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;methanol Chemical compound OC.ClCCl WGLUMOCWFMKWIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004188 dichlorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004212 difluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipentyl sulfate Chemical class CCCCCOS(=O)(=O)OCCCCC GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGODWNOPHMXOTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipotassium;dioxido(dioxo)osmium;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[K+].[K+].[O-][Os]([O-])(=O)=O DGODWNOPHMXOTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNGNZSMIUVQZOX-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;dioxido(sulfanylidene)-$l^{4}-sulfane Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=S LNGNZSMIUVQZOX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002866 duloxetine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002496 duloxetine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940098766 effexor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- PQJJJMRNHATNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl bromoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CBr PQJJJMRNHATNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBPFRRFGLYGEJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl glyoxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=O DBPFRRFGLYGEJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- RFHAOTPXVQNOHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluconazole Chemical compound C1=NC=NN1CC(C=1C(=CC(F)=CC=1)F)(O)CN1C=NC=N1 RFHAOTPXVQNOHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004884 fluconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002464 fluoxetine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000389 fluoxetine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004038 fluvoxamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CJOFXWAVKWHTFT-XSFVSMFZSA-N fluvoxamine Chemical compound COCCCC\C(=N/OCCN)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1 CJOFXWAVKWHTFT-XSFVSMFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002107 fluvoxamine maleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002315 glycerophosphates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MFWNKCLOYSRHCJ-BTTYYORXSA-N granisetron Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)N[C@H]3C[C@H]4CCC[C@@H](C3)N4C)=NN(C)C2=C1 MFWNKCLOYSRHCJ-BTTYYORXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003727 granisetron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003607 granisetron hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N heavy water Substances [2H]O[2H] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-ZSJDYOACSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCCC(O)=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004447 heteroarylalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005312 heteroarylalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005143 heteroarylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydantoin Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940091173 hydantoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYZRTBKYBJRGJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;1-methyl-n-(9-methyl-9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-3-yl)indazole-3-carboxamide;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)NC3CC4CCCC(C3)N4C)=NN(C)C2=C1 QYZRTBKYBJRGJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCCPEORTSYDPMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxy benzenecarboximidothioate Chemical compound OSC(=N)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCCPEORTSYDPMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005945 imidazopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical class OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940009622 luvox Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DQEUYIQDSMINEY-UHFFFAOYSA-M magnesium;prop-1-ene;bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[CH2-]C=C DQEUYIQDSMINEY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- LVWZTYCIRDMTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N metamizole Chemical compound O=C1C(N(CS(O)(=O)=O)C)=C(C)N(C)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 LVWZTYCIRDMTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M methanesulfonate group Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)[O-] AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CWWARWOPSKGELM-SARDKLJWSA-N methyl (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-5-amino-2-[[(2s)-5-amino-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-6-amino-2-[[(2s)-1-[(2s)-2-amino-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]hexanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-5 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)OC)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N)C1=CC=CC=C1 CWWARWOPSKGELM-SARDKLJWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005451 methyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JFTURWWGPMTABQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethyl-3-naphthalen-1-yloxy-3-thiophen-2-ylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CC=C2C=1OC(CCN(C)C)C1=CC=CS1 JFTURWWGPMTABQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOWZYCXTSRZYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-acetyl-n-(2,3,4-trifluorophenyl)acetamide Chemical compound CC(=O)N(C(C)=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(F)=C1F XOWZYCXTSRZYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004370 n-butenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(/[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006606 n-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- TXTHKGMZDDTZFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-cyclohexylaniline Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1=CC=CC=C1 TXTHKGMZDDTZFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005029 naphthylthio group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)S* 0.000 description 1
- IOMMMLWIABWRKL-WUTDNEBXSA-N nazartinib Chemical compound C1N(C(=O)/C=C/CN(C)C)CCCC[C@H]1N1C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2N=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=NC(C)=C1 IOMMMLWIABWRKL-WUTDNEBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001800 nefazodone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VRBKIVRKKCLPHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nefazodone Chemical compound O=C1N(CCOC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(CC)=NN1CCCN(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 VRBKIVRKKCLPHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002441 nefazodone hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010807 negative regulation of binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002743 neurokinin 1 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002814 niacins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODUCDPQEXGNKDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitroxyl Chemical compound O=N ODUCDPQEXGNKDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960000770 ondansetron hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003605 opacifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003891 oxalate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002131 palonosetron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CPZBLNMUGSZIPR-NVXWUHKLSA-N palonosetron Chemical compound C1N(CC2)CCC2[C@@H]1N1C(=O)C(C=CC=C2CCC3)=C2[C@H]3C1 CPZBLNMUGSZIPR-NVXWUHKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005183 paroxetine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019371 penicillin G benzathine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L persulfate group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)([O-])OOS(=O)(=O)[O-] JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N picric acid Chemical class OC1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIFDXOOJPDHKJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine-1-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)N1CCCCC1 BIFDXOOJPDHKJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHXHRAOVMXOPIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1CCNCC1 PHXHRAOVMXOPIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005547 pivalate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L potassium sodium L-tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000036515 potency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ALDITMKAAPLVJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-1-ene;hydrate Chemical group O.CC=C ALDITMKAAPLVJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVARTBFNCCXQKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-one;hydrate Chemical compound O.CC(C)=O OVARTBFNCCXQKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001325 propanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol Substances CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940035613 prozac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006085 pyrrolopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003873 salicylate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000697 serotonin reuptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002073 sertraline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003660 sertraline hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099190 serzone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMBAVIFYHOYIFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium methanethiolate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C RMBAVIFYHOYIFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000011006 sodium potassium tartrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- SUBJHSREKVAVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;methanol;methanolate Chemical compound [Na+].OC.[O-]C SUBJHSREKVAVAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- ADNPLDHMAVUMIW-CUZNLEPHSA-N substance P Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ADNPLDHMAVUMIW-CUZNLEPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108060008037 tachykinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002466 tachykinin receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002462 tachykinin receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CS1 CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004588 thienopyridyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003567 thiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluenesulfonate group Chemical group C=1(C(=CC=CC1)S(=O)(=O)[O-])C LBLYYCQCTBFVLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005490 tosylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- FFSJPOPLSWBGQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N triazol-4-one Chemical compound O=C1C=NN=N1 FFSJPOPLSWBGQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UCPYLLCMEDAXFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)OC(=O)OC(Cl)(Cl)Cl UCPYLLCMEDAXFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004688 venlafaxine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QYRYFNHXARDNFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N venlafaxine hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(CN(C)C)C1(O)CCCCC1 QYRYFNHXARDNFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002416 venlafaxine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005023 xylyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940020965 zoloft Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/08—Bridged systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/08—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/10—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the bladder
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/06—Antimigraine agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
- A61P25/10—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants for petit-mal
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
- A61P25/12—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants for grand-mal
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/36—Opioid-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/12—Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Addiction (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Otolaryngology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
Abstract
A compound having the general structure shown in Formula (I): or pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or solvates thereof are useful in treating diseases or conditions mediated by NK1 receptors, for example various physiological disorders, symptoms or diseases, including emesis, depression, anxiety and cough.
Description
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.
60/635,971 filed December 14, 2004.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel neurokinin-1 (NK1 or NK-1) rece.ptor antagonists, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods of treatment using such compounds, to treat NK1 receptor mediated diseases and conditions, including, for example, emesis, depression, anxiety and cough.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Tachykinins are peptide ligands for neurokinin receptors. Neurokinin receptors, such as NKI, NK2 and NK3, are involved in a variety of biological processes. They can be found in a mammal's nervous and circulatory systems, as well as in peripheral tissues. Consequently, the modulation of these types of receptors has been studied to potentially treat or prevent various mammalian disease states. For instance, NK1 receptors have been reported to be involved in microvascular leakage and mucus secretion.
Representative types of neurokinin receptor antagonists and the disorders that can be treated with them include, for example, sleep, pain, migraine, emesis, nociception and inflammation; see, for example, U.S. 6,329,401, U.S.
5,760,018, U.S. 5,620,989, U.S. 5,760,018, U.S. 5,661,162, U.S. 5,620,989, Wu et al., Tetrahedron, 56, 6279-6290 (2000), Rombouts et al., Tetrahedron, 59, 4721-4731 (2003), and Rogiers et al., Tetrahedron, 57, 8971-8981 (2001).
It would be beneficial to provide a NK1 antagonist that is potent, selective, and possesses beneficial therapeutic and pharmacological properties, and good metabolic stability. It would further be beneficial to provide a NK1 antagonist that is effective for treating a variety of physiological disorders, symptoms and diseases, while minimizing side effects. This invention provides such NK1 antagonists.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I):
60/635,971 filed December 14, 2004.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel neurokinin-1 (NK1 or NK-1) rece.ptor antagonists, pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and methods of treatment using such compounds, to treat NK1 receptor mediated diseases and conditions, including, for example, emesis, depression, anxiety and cough.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Tachykinins are peptide ligands for neurokinin receptors. Neurokinin receptors, such as NKI, NK2 and NK3, are involved in a variety of biological processes. They can be found in a mammal's nervous and circulatory systems, as well as in peripheral tissues. Consequently, the modulation of these types of receptors has been studied to potentially treat or prevent various mammalian disease states. For instance, NK1 receptors have been reported to be involved in microvascular leakage and mucus secretion.
Representative types of neurokinin receptor antagonists and the disorders that can be treated with them include, for example, sleep, pain, migraine, emesis, nociception and inflammation; see, for example, U.S. 6,329,401, U.S.
5,760,018, U.S. 5,620,989, U.S. 5,760,018, U.S. 5,661,162, U.S. 5,620,989, Wu et al., Tetrahedron, 56, 6279-6290 (2000), Rombouts et al., Tetrahedron, 59, 4721-4731 (2003), and Rogiers et al., Tetrahedron, 57, 8971-8981 (2001).
It would be beneficial to provide a NK1 antagonist that is potent, selective, and possesses beneficial therapeutic and pharmacological properties, and good metabolic stability. It would further be beneficial to provide a NK1 antagonist that is effective for treating a variety of physiological disorders, symptoms and diseases, while minimizing side effects. This invention provides such NK1 antagonists.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I):
2 (CH2)n1R1 X3 X4 (~) N
Xi Ar2 Arl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, wherein:
Arl and Ar2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6 and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
Xl is -0- or -N(R7)-;
X2 is -0-, -N(R$)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R'l)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -O-alkyl, -0-alkyl-cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7 )2, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)R12, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CH2N3, -0-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(O)-R12, -S(O2)-R12, and N(R")S(02)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R8)-, R1 and R 8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
(i13)0-3 X
X3'IN (CH2)n1 kID
O Ar2 Ar1 (IA) wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-0-, -(CH2)n2-, -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, -(CH2)n2-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2 or 3;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-O-, n2 is 2 or 3; and (c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2 or 3;
Xi Ar2 Arl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, wherein:
Arl and Ar2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6 and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
Xl is -0- or -N(R7)-;
X2 is -0-, -N(R$)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R'l)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -O-alkyl, -0-alkyl-cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7 )2, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)R12, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CH2N3, -0-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(O)-R12, -S(O2)-R12, and N(R")S(02)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R8)-, R1 and R 8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
(i13)0-3 X
X3'IN (CH2)n1 kID
O Ar2 Ar1 (IA) wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-0-, -(CH2)n2-, -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, -(CH2)n2-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2 or 3;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-O-, n2 is 2 or 3; and (c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2 or 3;
RZ, R3, R4, and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, -0-alkyl, haloalkyl, -0-haloalkyl, -CN, -OH, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and heteroaryl substituted with at least one alkyl or haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to substituents R6;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)Z, -C(O)R12, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Rl0 is alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R$)-, R 8 and Rl0 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
/ X6 \
N N (CH2)nj R' N
O Ar2 Arl (IB) wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl are substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R13 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, or -alkyl-aryl;
each R14 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6; or two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13;
and R15 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a kit comprising two or more containers in a single package, wherein each container in the package comprises a pharmaceutical composition. At least one container of the package comprises an effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and at least one other container of the package comprises another therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions of the kit may be used in combination.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for affecting an NK1 receptor in a patient. The method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for treating an NK1 receptor mediated condition or disease (i.e., a disease associated with an NK1 receptor, or a disease involving an NK1 receptor in part of the disease process) in a patient in need of such treatment. The method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In a first embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, as described herein.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Arl is aryl;
Ar2 is aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, -0-alkyl, haloalkyl, -0-haloalkyl, -CN, -OH, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and heteroaryl substituted with at least one alkyl or haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to substituents R6;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)Z, -C(O)R12, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
Rl0 is alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R$)-, R 8 and Rl0 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
/ X6 \
N N (CH2)nj R' N
O Ar2 Arl (IB) wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl are substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R13 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, or -alkyl-aryl;
each R14 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6; or two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13;
and R15 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a kit comprising two or more containers in a single package, wherein each container in the package comprises a pharmaceutical composition. At least one container of the package comprises an effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and at least one other container of the package comprises another therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions of the kit may be used in combination.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for affecting an NK1 receptor in a patient. The method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method for treating an NK1 receptor mediated condition or disease (i.e., a disease associated with an NK1 receptor, or a disease involving an NK1 receptor in part of the disease process) in a patient in need of such treatment. The method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In a first embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, as described herein.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Arl is aryl;
Ar2 is aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
X1 is -0-;
X2 is -0-, -N(R8)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R11)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 3;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, (C1-6)alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -0-alkyl, -O-(Cl_6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7 )Z, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CN3, -0-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(02)-R12, and N(R")S(02)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R$)-, R' and R 8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
(i13)0-3 X3.' N (CH26 kID
O Ar2 Ar1 (IA) wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-O-, a covalent bond, -(CH2)õ2-C(O)-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
X2 is -0-, -N(R8)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R11)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 3;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, (C1-6)alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -0-alkyl, -O-(Cl_6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7 )Z, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CN3, -0-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(02)-R12, and N(R")S(02)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R$)-, R' and R 8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
(i13)0-3 X3.' N (CH26 kID
O Ar2 Ar1 (IA) wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-O-, a covalent bond, -(CH2)õ2-C(O)-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-0-, n1 is 1 and n2 is 2;
(c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2;
(d) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 and n2 are both 1; and (e) when X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-, n1 is 0;
R2 and R3 are H;
R4 and R5 are each independently H or (C1_6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently (C1_6)alkyl or halo(C1_6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C3_6)cycloalkyl, and -(C1_6)alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6.
, R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1_6)alkyl, -(C1_6)alkyl-(C3_6)cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)2, and -C(O)R12;
R9 is H;
R10 is (C1_6)alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R$)-, R 8 and R10 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
6 \
/ X
N N CH2)n1R1 Y
X
\N
O Ar2 Ar1 (IB) wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-0-, n1 is 1 and n2 is 2;
(c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2;
(d) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 and n2 are both 1; and (e) when X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-, n1 is 0;
R2 and R3 are H;
R4 and R5 are each independently H or (C1_6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently (C1_6)alkyl or halo(C1_6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C3_6)cycloalkyl, and -(C1_6)alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6.
, R 8 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1_6)alkyl, -(C1_6)alkyl-(C3_6)cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)2, and -C(O)R12;
R9 is H;
R10 is (C1_6)alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R$)-, R 8 and R10 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
6 \
/ X
N N CH2)n1R1 Y
X
\N
O Ar2 Ar1 (IB) wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of (Cl_6)alkyl and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R14 is independently H or heteroaryl; or two R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 5 substituents R13; and R15 is H or (Cl_6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(R8)-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2, X3, and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(R$)-, and X3 and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -0-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(R$)-, X3 is -C(=N-R10)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 and X4 are each -N(R8)-, and X3 is -C(O)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA).
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -C(O)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -C(O)- and n1 is 2 or 3.
each R14 is independently H or heteroaryl; or two R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 5 substituents R13; and R15 is H or (Cl_6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(R8)-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2, X3, and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(R$)-, and X3 and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -0-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(R$)-, X3 is -C(=N-R10)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 and X4 are each -N(R8)-, and X3 is -C(O)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA).
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -C(O)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -C(O)- and n1 is 2 or 3.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-0-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)õ2-0-, nl is 1 or 2, and n2 is or 3.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-0-, n1 is 1, and n2 is 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is a covalent bond, and n1 is 3 or 4.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is a covalent bond, and n1 is 3.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 is 1, and n2 is 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)i2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 is 2, and n2 is 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IB), wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have a structure according to the following Formula (II):
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)õ2-0-, nl is 1 or 2, and n2 is or 3.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-0-, n1 is 1, and n2 is 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is a covalent bond, and n1 is 3 or 4.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is a covalent bond, and n1 is 3.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 is 1, and n2 is 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -(CH2)i2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 is 2, and n2 is 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IA), wherein X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) have a structure according to Formula (IB), wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have a structure according to the following Formula (II):
X2 (CH2)n1R' X3~
N (II) Ar~ OY Ar2 In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have structure according to the following Formula (III):
X2 \~CH2)n1R1 N (III) Arl Ar y In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have a structure selected from the group consisting of:
O N (CH2)n1R1 O N (CH2)n1R1 ~~.
(R9)2 N (R9)2 N
Ar~ O Ar2 Ar~ O Ar2 2~~ ~3 4 S R2 R3 R4 R5 R R R R
(IV) (V) (R9)2 (R9)2 (R9)2 /Z (CH2)n1Rl (R9)2 CI"12)n1R1 (R9)2 N (R9)2 N
O Ar2 O Ar2 rl ~/ ~
A
Arl K K
(VI) (VII) (R9)2 N//" (CH2)n1 R1 (R9)2 I 'CH2)n1 R1 (R9)2 N (R9)2 N
Ar1 0 Ar2 Ar1 0 Ar2 R2 R3 R4 R5 R2 R3 R4 ' R5 (VIII) (IX) R8 O N (CH2)n1R1 0 O/(CH2)n1R1 N
R1" N (R9)2 N
0 Ar2 0 Ar2 Ar1 Z/ Ar1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R2~ R3 R4 R5 (X) , (XI) O
~~,-(R13)0-3 0 0 ~(CH2n1R1 0 N
//,,,, (R9)2 N 2 (R9)2 N O Ar2 Ar1 ~~'K O~ Ar Ar1 'II/ x (XII) , (XIII) ~/(R13)0 3 ~\ (R13)0-3 0 N//,, 0 N
(R9)2 N 2(R9)2 N
0 Ar O Ar2 Ar1 Ar1 //
(XIV) , (XV) O N p NO
(R9)2 N (R9) N
O Ar2 2 O Ar Ar1 Ar1 (XVI) (XVI I) (R13)0-3 (R13)0-2 O O N
(R9)2 Ar2 (R9)2 N
\ / O Ar2 Ar1 ~~~ x Ar1 // x R2 R3 R4, \R5 R2 R3 R4 R5 (XVIII) (XIX) R\ 0 R13 0 N -~/ N
~ (CH2)n1R1 N \(CH2)n1R1 ,,.
(R9)2 N (R9)2 N
O Ar2 O Ar2 Ar1 2 3 :5 Ar1 K KR,9 R R R4 R R2 R3 4 (XX) , and (XXI) In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (IV), and Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1_6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R')2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1.6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1.6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1.6)alkyl)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(02)-(C1-s)alkyl, and N(R11)S(02)-(C1-6)alkyl, (R6)0-1 O N ~N N / N ~N
NI /(R6)o-1 N (R6)01 N / N N N
R6 (R6)0-1, (R6)0-1 O O O
_ 13) ;~N-(R13)0-1 (R 0-3 N
/~J(R13)0-3 N ~j (R13)0-1 R13) R13 N O YN
O )--/\NH O N \ 0'1 O y N\
\ N
N Y N N N
~ N ~
O , ~, , (R13)0-1, and R13;
R2 , R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1_6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1.6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (C1.6)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, or -(C1.6)alkyl-phenyl;
R 8 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1.6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1.6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
N
O
R14 is H, (C1.6)alkyl, or H3C ; or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are N -N O
shown attached, form or ; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (V), and Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R7 )2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)a, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1-6)alkyi)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(02)-(C1-6)alkyl, and N(R11)S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, (R6)0-1 ~O N N N \ NN\
NI (R6)o-1 N (R6)o 1 N N N
R6 (R6)o-1 (R6)o-1, O
N-(R13)o-1 ;\ \ (R13)0-3 ~N~/\/ (R13)0-3 /
' N~
~ tli ' O
0 (R )01 ~R13)o 1 0 N H 0 N
O
NH N\ Y\N Y N
N ~ N N / / N ~
'~/
0 (R13)o-1, and R13;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
N (II) Ar~ OY Ar2 In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have structure according to the following Formula (III):
X2 \~CH2)n1R1 N (III) Arl Ar y In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have a structure selected from the group consisting of:
O N (CH2)n1R1 O N (CH2)n1R1 ~~.
(R9)2 N (R9)2 N
Ar~ O Ar2 Ar~ O Ar2 2~~ ~3 4 S R2 R3 R4 R5 R R R R
(IV) (V) (R9)2 (R9)2 (R9)2 /Z (CH2)n1Rl (R9)2 CI"12)n1R1 (R9)2 N (R9)2 N
O Ar2 O Ar2 rl ~/ ~
A
Arl K K
(VI) (VII) (R9)2 N//" (CH2)n1 R1 (R9)2 I 'CH2)n1 R1 (R9)2 N (R9)2 N
Ar1 0 Ar2 Ar1 0 Ar2 R2 R3 R4 R5 R2 R3 R4 ' R5 (VIII) (IX) R8 O N (CH2)n1R1 0 O/(CH2)n1R1 N
R1" N (R9)2 N
0 Ar2 0 Ar2 Ar1 Z/ Ar1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R2~ R3 R4 R5 (X) , (XI) O
~~,-(R13)0-3 0 0 ~(CH2n1R1 0 N
//,,,, (R9)2 N 2 (R9)2 N O Ar2 Ar1 ~~'K O~ Ar Ar1 'II/ x (XII) , (XIII) ~/(R13)0 3 ~\ (R13)0-3 0 N//,, 0 N
(R9)2 N 2(R9)2 N
0 Ar O Ar2 Ar1 Ar1 //
(XIV) , (XV) O N p NO
(R9)2 N (R9) N
O Ar2 2 O Ar Ar1 Ar1 (XVI) (XVI I) (R13)0-3 (R13)0-2 O O N
(R9)2 Ar2 (R9)2 N
\ / O Ar2 Ar1 ~~~ x Ar1 // x R2 R3 R4, \R5 R2 R3 R4 R5 (XVIII) (XIX) R\ 0 R13 0 N -~/ N
~ (CH2)n1R1 N \(CH2)n1R1 ,,.
(R9)2 N (R9)2 N
O Ar2 O Ar2 Ar1 2 3 :5 Ar1 K KR,9 R R R4 R R2 R3 4 (XX) , and (XXI) In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (IV), and Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1_6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R')2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1.6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1.6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1.6)alkyl)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(02)-(C1-s)alkyl, and N(R11)S(02)-(C1-6)alkyl, (R6)0-1 O N ~N N / N ~N
NI /(R6)o-1 N (R6)01 N / N N N
R6 (R6)0-1, (R6)0-1 O O O
_ 13) ;~N-(R13)0-1 (R 0-3 N
/~J(R13)0-3 N ~j (R13)0-1 R13) R13 N O YN
O )--/\NH O N \ 0'1 O y N\
\ N
N Y N N N
~ N ~
O , ~, , (R13)0-1, and R13;
R2 , R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1_6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1.6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (C1.6)alkyl, (C3.6)cycloalkyl, or -(C1.6)alkyl-phenyl;
R 8 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3.6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1.6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1.6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
N
O
R14 is H, (C1.6)alkyl, or H3C ; or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are N -N O
shown attached, form or ; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (V), and Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R7 )2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)a, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1-6)alkyi)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(02)-(C1-6)alkyl, and N(R11)S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, (R6)0-1 ~O N N N \ NN\
NI (R6)o-1 N (R6)o 1 N N N
R6 (R6)o-1 (R6)o-1, O
N-(R13)o-1 ;\ \ (R13)0-3 ~N~/\/ (R13)0-3 /
' N~
~ tli ' O
0 (R )01 ~R13)o 1 0 N H 0 N
O
NH N\ Y\N Y N
N ~ N N / / N ~
'~/
0 (R13)o-1, and R13;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI-s)alkyl, or (CI-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (Cl-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, or -(Cl-6)alkyl-phenyl;
R 8 is H, (CI-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
R" is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (CI-6)alkyl;
N
O
R14 is H, P-6)alkyl, or H3C ; or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are ~~-N O
shown attached, form or and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (VI), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R')2, -N(R")C(O)N(R14 )2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R'1)C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, O NR~ 3)0 ~ p N\ C N
\ y N y \N
):N N / N /
~j~ J ~~
'~ (R13)o-1, and R13;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is P-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI-6)alkyl, or P-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (Cl-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, or -(Cl-6)alkyl-phenyl;
R 8 is H, (CI-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
R" is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (CI-6)alkyl;
N
O
R14 is H, P-6)alkyl, or H3C ; or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are ~~-N O
shown attached, form or and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (VI), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R')2, -N(R")C(O)N(R14 )2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R'1)C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, O NR~ 3)0 ~ p N\ C N
\ y N y \N
):N N / N /
~j~ J ~~
'~ (R13)o-1, and R13;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is P-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI-6)alkyl, or P-6)haloalkyl;
R' is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1_6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1_6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1_6)alkyl; and n1 is 0.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (VII), and Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R7 )2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R11)C(O)-(C1_s)alkyl, -CN, (R13)01 O H
O N
N N \N
~ N ~/N
N~
(R13)0-1, and R13;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1_6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R' is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1_6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1_6)alkyl; and n1 is 0.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (VIII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (Cl_6)alkyl, hydroxy-(Cl.6)alkyl-, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1_6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(Cl.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
R 8 is H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI_6)alkyl;
R14 is H or P.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (IX), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (CI.6)alkyl, hydroxy-(CI.6)alkyl-, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(CI.6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(CI.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
R8 is H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or P.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (X), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1_6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1_6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1_6)alkyl; and n1 is 0.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (VII), and Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R7 )2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R11)C(O)-(C1_s)alkyl, -CN, (R13)01 O H
O N
N N \N
~ N ~/N
N~
(R13)0-1, and R13;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1_6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R' is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1_6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1_6)alkyl; and n1 is 0.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (VIII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (Cl_6)alkyl, hydroxy-(Cl.6)alkyl-, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1_6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(Cl.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
R 8 is H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI_6)alkyl;
R14 is H or P.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (IX), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (CI.6)alkyl, hydroxy-(CI.6)alkyl-, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(CI.6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(CI.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
R8 is H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or P.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (X), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H or (Cl.s)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (CI_6)haloalkyl;
R8 and R" are H or (CI.6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI.6)alkyl; and n1 is 0.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XI), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (CI.6)alkyl, -(CI_6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(CI.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cj.6)alkyl, or (Cl_6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (CI.6)alkyl, -(Cl.6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(Cj.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (CI_6)haloalkyl;
R8 and R" are H or (CI.6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI.6)alkyl; and n1 is 0.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XI), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (CI.6)alkyl, -(CI_6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(CI.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cj.6)alkyl, or (Cl_6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (CI.6)alkyl, -(Cl.6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(Cj.6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XIII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
Rz, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI-6)alkyl, or (C1.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XIV), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XV), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XVI), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or P.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XVII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI_6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P_6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XVIII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XIII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
Rz, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI-6)alkyl, or (C1.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XIV), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XV), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XVI), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or P.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XVII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI_6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P_6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XVIII), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (Cl.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XIX), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, P_6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or -(C1.6)alkyl-(C6.12)aryl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XX), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is H, (Cl.s)alkyl, -O-(Cl.s)alkyl, or -O-(C1.6)alkyl-(C6_12)aryi;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P_6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XXI), and Ar' and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is H, P_6)alkyl, -O-(Cl.6)alkyl, or -O-(C1.6)alkyl-(C6_12)aryl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.s)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or P_6)haloalkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, P_6)alkyl, or (Cl.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (CI.6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or -(C1.6)alkyl-(C6.12)aryl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XX), and Arl and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is H, (Cl.s)alkyl, -O-(Cl.s)alkyl, or -O-(C1.6)alkyl-(C6_12)aryi;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (CI.6)alkyl, or (CI.6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or P_6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or P.6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), said compounds have the structure of Formula (XXI), and Ar' and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R' is H, P_6)alkyl, -O-(Cl.6)alkyl, or -O-(C1.6)alkyl-(C6_12)aryl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (CI.s)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (Cl.6)alkyl, or P_6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (Cl_6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or (CI_6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Ar' and Ar2 are independently unsubstituted phenyl, tolyl, unsubstituted pyridyl, xylyl, fluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, or bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Arl is unsubstituted phenyl and Ar2 is bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Arl is unsubstituted phenyl and Ar2 is 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Xl is -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -N(CH2CH3)-, -N(CF3)-, -N(phenyl)-, or -N(benzyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -NH-, -N(C(O)NH2)-, -N(C(O)NH(CH3))-, -N(C(O)N(CH3)2)-, -N(C(O)CH3)-, -N(C(O)CH2CH3)-, -N(CH3)-, -N(CH2CH3)-, -N(CH2-cyclopropyl)-, -N(CH2-cyclopentyl)-, -N(CH2-cyclohexyl)-, -N(phenyl)-, -N(tolyl)-, -N(xylyl)-, -N(pyridyl)-, or -N(C(O)phenyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-, -CH(CF3)-, -C(CF3)2-, -CH(cyclopropyl)-, -CH(pyrrolidinonyl)-, -CH(tetrahydrofuranyl)-, -CH(phenyl)-, or -CH(pyridyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X3 is -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-, -CH(CF3)-, -C(CF3)2-, -CH(cyclopropyl)-, -CH(pyrrolidinonyl)-, -CH(tetrahydrofuranyl)-, -CH(phenyl)-, or -CH(pyridyl)-.
R13 is independently H or (CI_6)alkyl; and n1 is0or1.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Ar' and Ar2 are independently unsubstituted phenyl, tolyl, unsubstituted pyridyl, xylyl, fluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, or bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Arl is unsubstituted phenyl and Ar2 is bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Arl is unsubstituted phenyl and Ar2 is 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), Xl is -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -N(CH2CH3)-, -N(CF3)-, -N(phenyl)-, or -N(benzyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -NH-, -N(C(O)NH2)-, -N(C(O)NH(CH3))-, -N(C(O)N(CH3)2)-, -N(C(O)CH3)-, -N(C(O)CH2CH3)-, -N(CH3)-, -N(CH2CH3)-, -N(CH2-cyclopropyl)-, -N(CH2-cyclopentyl)-, -N(CH2-cyclohexyl)-, -N(phenyl)-, -N(tolyl)-, -N(xylyl)-, -N(pyridyl)-, or -N(C(O)phenyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-, -CH(CF3)-, -C(CF3)2-, -CH(cyclopropyl)-, -CH(pyrrolidinonyl)-, -CH(tetrahydrofuranyl)-, -CH(phenyl)-, or -CH(pyridyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X3 is -CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-, -CH(CF3)-, -C(CF3)2-, -CH(cyclopropyl)-, -CH(pyrrolidinonyl)-, -CH(tetrahydrofuranyl)-, -CH(phenyl)-, or -CH(pyridyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X3 is carbonyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X4 is -NH-, -N(CH3)-, or -N(CH2CH3)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2, X3, and X4 are each -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -NH-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(CH3)-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(CH2cyclopropyl)-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -0-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(C(O)NH2)- and X3 and X4 are both -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(C(O)CH3)- and X3 and X4 are both -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X3 is carbonyl and X2 and X4 are both -NH-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)2-0-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)3-0-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X4 is -NH-, -N(CH3)-, or -N(CH2CH3)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2, X3, and X4 are each -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -NH-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(CH3)-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(CH2cyclopropyl)-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -0-, X3 is carbonyl, and X4 is -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(C(O)NH2)- and X3 and X4 are both -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X2 is -N(C(O)CH3)- and X3 and X4 are both -CH2-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X3 is carbonyl and X2 and X4 are both -NH-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)2-0-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)3-0-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-NH-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-N((CI_6)alkyl)-, wherein (C1.6)alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-N(phenyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-N(CH2-phenyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R' is H, -OH, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, -CH2-OH, -CH2CH2-OH, -CH(OH)CH3, -CH(OH)CH2CH2-OH, -O-CH3, -O-CH2CH3, -O-CH2CH2CH3, -O-CH(CH3)2, -O-CH2-cyclopropyl, -O-CH2-cyclobutyl, -O-CH2-cyclopentyl, -O-CH2-cyclohexyl, N'O
~ ~
~N
-O-CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, pyridyl, oxadiazolyi, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, ~
O O
N ~N N N ~N\
N NN N ~ N N )NO
/ O O H
\/
NH '~ \
~/N~ / IN~N
0 , ~ , phenyl, -NH2, -N(CH3)2, -NH(CH3), -NH(benzyl), -N(benzyl)2, -NH-C(O)-CH3, -N(CH3)-C(O)-CH3, -NH-C(O)-CH2CH3, -N(CH3)-C(O)-CH2CH3, -NH-C(O)-NH2, -NH-C(O)-N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)-C(O)-NH2, -N(CH3)-C(O)-N(CH3)2, -O-C(O)-N(CH3)2, -O-C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-phenyl, -C(O)-pyridyl, -O-C(O)-CH3, -O-C(O)-phenyl, -O-C(O)-pyridyl, -C(O)-OH, -C(O)-OCH3, -C(O)-OCH2CH3, -C(O)-O-phenyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-CHZ-phenyl, .
-O-CH(phenyl)CH3, -O-CH2CH2-phenyl, -O-N=C(CH3)2, -O-N=CH(CH3), -S-CH3, -S-CH2CH3, -S-CHZCH2CH3, -S-CH(CH3)2, -S-phenyl, -S(O)-CH3, -S(O)-CHZCH3, -S(O)-CH2CH2CH3, -S(O)-CH(CH3)2, -S(O)-phenyl, -S(02)-CH3, -S(O2)-CH2CH3, -S(O2)-CH2CH2CH3, -S(02)-CH(CH3)2, -S(O2)-phenyl, -NH-S(02)-CH3, -N(CH3)-S(O2)-CH3, -NH-S(O2)-phenyl, or -N(CH3)-S(02)-phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently H, -CH3, -CF3, cyclopropyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, or phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), each R6 is independently fluorine, chlorine, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -O-CH3, -O-CH2CH3, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, -OH, or -NO2.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R' is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -CF3, cyclopropyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, or phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R 8 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -CH2-cyclopropyl, -CH2-cyclobutyl, -CH2-cyclopentyl, -CH2-cyclohexyl, -C(O)-N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-phenyl, -C(O)-pyridyl, phenyl, pyridyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R9 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, -CF3, cyclopropyl, phenyl, pyridyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-N((CI_6)alkyl)-, wherein (C1.6)alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-N(phenyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), X5 is -(CH2)-C(O)-N(CH2-phenyl)-.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R' is H, -OH, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, -CH2-OH, -CH2CH2-OH, -CH(OH)CH3, -CH(OH)CH2CH2-OH, -O-CH3, -O-CH2CH3, -O-CH2CH2CH3, -O-CH(CH3)2, -O-CH2-cyclopropyl, -O-CH2-cyclobutyl, -O-CH2-cyclopentyl, -O-CH2-cyclohexyl, N'O
~ ~
~N
-O-CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, pyridyl, oxadiazolyi, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, ~
O O
N ~N N N ~N\
N NN N ~ N N )NO
/ O O H
\/
NH '~ \
~/N~ / IN~N
0 , ~ , phenyl, -NH2, -N(CH3)2, -NH(CH3), -NH(benzyl), -N(benzyl)2, -NH-C(O)-CH3, -N(CH3)-C(O)-CH3, -NH-C(O)-CH2CH3, -N(CH3)-C(O)-CH2CH3, -NH-C(O)-NH2, -NH-C(O)-N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)-C(O)-NH2, -N(CH3)-C(O)-N(CH3)2, -O-C(O)-N(CH3)2, -O-C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-phenyl, -C(O)-pyridyl, -O-C(O)-CH3, -O-C(O)-phenyl, -O-C(O)-pyridyl, -C(O)-OH, -C(O)-OCH3, -C(O)-OCH2CH3, -C(O)-O-phenyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-CHZ-phenyl, .
-O-CH(phenyl)CH3, -O-CH2CH2-phenyl, -O-N=C(CH3)2, -O-N=CH(CH3), -S-CH3, -S-CH2CH3, -S-CHZCH2CH3, -S-CH(CH3)2, -S-phenyl, -S(O)-CH3, -S(O)-CHZCH3, -S(O)-CH2CH2CH3, -S(O)-CH(CH3)2, -S(O)-phenyl, -S(02)-CH3, -S(O2)-CH2CH3, -S(O2)-CH2CH2CH3, -S(02)-CH(CH3)2, -S(O2)-phenyl, -NH-S(02)-CH3, -N(CH3)-S(O2)-CH3, -NH-S(O2)-phenyl, or -N(CH3)-S(02)-phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently H, -CH3, -CF3, cyclopropyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, or phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), each R6 is independently fluorine, chlorine, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -O-CH3, -O-CH2CH3, -CF3, -OCF3, -CN, -OH, or -NO2.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R' is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -CF3, cyclopropyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, or phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R 8 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, -CH2-cyclopropyl, -CH2-cyclobutyl, -CH2-cyclopentyl, -CH2-cyclohexyl, -C(O)-N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH2, -C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-phenyl, -C(O)-pyridyl, phenyl, pyridyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R9 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, -CF3, cyclopropyl, phenyl, pyridyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, or tetrazolyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R10 is -CH3 or phenyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R" is H or -CH3.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R12 is H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, phenyl, tolyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, bis(trifluormethyl)phenyl, or pyridyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), each R13 is independently H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, or -CH2-phenyl, or two substituents R13, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a carbonyl group.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), each R14 is independently H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, phenyl, tolyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, bis(trifluormethyl)phenyl, or pyridyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl ring, and each of said piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl rings can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 4 -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, or -CH2-phenyl groups.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl ring, and 1 or 2 ring carbon atoms of said piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl rings can form a carbonyl group.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R" is H or -CH3.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R12 is H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, phenyl, tolyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, bis(trifluormethyl)phenyl, or pyridyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), each R13 is independently H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, or -CH2-phenyl, or two substituents R13, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached form a carbonyl group.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), each R14 is independently H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, phenyl, tolyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, bis(trifluormethyl)phenyl, or pyridyl.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl ring, and each of said piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl rings can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with 1 to 4 -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, or -CH2-phenyl groups.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl ring, and 1 or 2 ring carbon atoms of said piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidyl, or piperazyl rings can form a carbonyl group.
In yet another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R'5 is H, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, phenyl, tolyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, bis(trifluormethyl)phenyl, fluorophenyl, or bis(fluoro)phenyl.
In an additional embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) can have one of the following structures, or can be a racemic mixture of one of the following structures:
H
0 "~( N/, CF3 NH2 CF3 N
I \ / CF3 / A CF
O~CH3 O\- NH
NH CF3 N~N CF3 N '/ O \ I N ,l O \ I
I\ // CF3 CF3 9 , O'Ir NH2 /i,,, NH CF3 N/, CF3 N N
OH H O~CH3 O N/, CF3 O N/, CF3 N O N '/ O \ I
I \ // CF3 I \ // CF3 O~CH3 H O 1: N CF3 0 N CF
-'T 3 F
A A
H OH OH
O N// CF3 O N CF3 '~T ACF3 N N
O O
O-Y NHZ
H
N/,, CF3 N/,, CF3 N I N I
I \ ''~//O \ CF3 I \ ''~i/O \ CF
Oy CH3 Oy CH3 N/,, CF3 CN CF3 N ( N I
\ O \
CF3 I \ ''si/O \ CF3 O kOH CF3 N "'/i/O O
In an additional embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) can have one of the following structures, or can be a racemic mixture of one of the following structures:
H
0 "~( N/, CF3 NH2 CF3 N
I \ / CF3 / A CF
O~CH3 O\- NH
NH CF3 N~N CF3 N '/ O \ I N ,l O \ I
I\ // CF3 CF3 9 , O'Ir NH2 /i,,, NH CF3 N/, CF3 N N
OH H O~CH3 O N/, CF3 O N/, CF3 N O N '/ O \ I
I \ // CF3 I \ // CF3 O~CH3 H O 1: N CF3 0 N CF
-'T 3 F
A A
H OH OH
O N// CF3 O N CF3 '~T ACF3 N N
O O
O-Y NHZ
H
N/,, CF3 N/,, CF3 N I N I
I \ ''~//O \ CF3 I \ ''~i/O \ CF
Oy CH3 Oy CH3 N/,, CF3 CN CF3 N ( N I
\ O \
CF3 I \ ''si/O \ CF3 O kOH CF3 N "'/i/O O
0 0/," <'0H CF3 0 Ni,, OH CF3 / &CF3 I O \ CF3 O CH3 I / CH3 CN CF3 ,\\CN CF3 N N ~
\ ''~//O \ CF3 '~,~/O \
O N/, OH CF3 0 N OH CF3 I
/ / ~
O O
\ \
, CN
H H
O N// CF3 0 N/, CH3 CF3 O N
A N
CF3 I 'U/ O CF3 CH3 O' CH3 0 I~CH3 H
/ / ~
\
O O
N N
\ I CF3 , ro O O
H
O Nl, CF3 0 Nl, CF3 p N N I
O
CF3 I \ ''~i/ \ CF3 (0) N N
N ~
H O O
A
O Ni~ CF3 0 N~, CF3 N p CF3 \N O CF3 9 , ON
p--~p O NH2 H H
O NCF3 0 N/, CF3 N''~i /O \ N.,, p \ I
\ ~ CF3 CF
, N-N
N+ N/~
N ~N
H H
0 N/, CF3 0 N/, CF3 '~T N p I N ,,// p I
I \ ~ CF3 CF
\ ''~//O \ CF3 '~,~/O \
O N/, OH CF3 0 N OH CF3 I
/ / ~
O O
\ \
, CN
H H
O N// CF3 0 N/, CH3 CF3 O N
A N
CF3 I 'U/ O CF3 CH3 O' CH3 0 I~CH3 H
/ / ~
\
O O
N N
\ I CF3 , ro O O
H
O Nl, CF3 0 Nl, CF3 p N N I
O
CF3 I \ ''~i/ \ CF3 (0) N N
N ~
H O O
A
O Ni~ CF3 0 N~, CF3 N p CF3 \N O CF3 9 , ON
p--~p O NH2 H H
O NCF3 0 N/, CF3 N''~i /O \ N.,, p \ I
\ ~ CF3 CF
, N-N
N+ N/~
N ~N
H H
0 N/, CF3 0 N/, CF3 '~T N p I N ,,// p I
I \ ~ CF3 CF
N
N N
H
O N// CF3 0 N/, CF3 N N
O CF3 ''/O CF3 OI~CH3 O N~ N~ CF3 0 OZi,, CF3 N N
O CF o H H
J:b, N I N
''/O CF3 \ O CF
I \
/
O"O
H O N H
CF3 0_,~ N CF3 NN
O O
I\ i/ CF3 CF3 HN'k NH2 OH
H H
0,~~ N/, CF3 N/, CF3 A N N I
O CF3 I cIII<0 H3C 0 O)t, CH3 H3C y 0 OH
N~, CF3 N/, CF3 N N
/ \ CF3 O CF3 cIII<0 ~ \ I \
O / O
N N
O N/, CF3 0 N CF3 N
A O \ CF3 N O CF
CH3 CHg N\
N-NH HN
):c,O
(I CH3 N HN O
H H
O Ni, CF3 0 N/, CF3 N O \ N O \ I
I\ ~/ CF3 I\ ~/ CF3 '~~ O N O N O~ H // CF3 0 /,, CF3 NN
O O
I\ // CF3 CF3 \ \
I / I /
HN--~O O HN i N N/, CF3 N N CF3 /
~
\N ''~i/O \ CF3 \N ''~i/O \ CF3 HN
H H
Oy N/, CF3 O N/, CF3 HN, N / N / ( I \ O \ CF3 I \ O \ CF3 , N NH
H
0 N/, CF3 N/, O CF3 /
N O \ CF3 O
N N
H
O N// CF3 0 N/, CF3 N N
O CF3 ''/O CF3 OI~CH3 O N~ N~ CF3 0 OZi,, CF3 N N
O CF o H H
J:b, N I N
''/O CF3 \ O CF
I \
/
O"O
H O N H
CF3 0_,~ N CF3 NN
O O
I\ i/ CF3 CF3 HN'k NH2 OH
H H
0,~~ N/, CF3 N/, CF3 A N N I
O CF3 I cIII<0 H3C 0 O)t, CH3 H3C y 0 OH
N~, CF3 N/, CF3 N N
/ \ CF3 O CF3 cIII<0 ~ \ I \
O / O
N N
O N/, CF3 0 N CF3 N
A O \ CF3 N O CF
CH3 CHg N\
N-NH HN
):c,O
(I CH3 N HN O
H H
O Ni, CF3 0 N/, CF3 N O \ N O \ I
I\ ~/ CF3 I\ ~/ CF3 '~~ O N O N O~ H // CF3 0 /,, CF3 NN
O O
I\ // CF3 CF3 \ \
I / I /
HN--~O O HN i N N/, CF3 N N CF3 /
~
\N ''~i/O \ CF3 \N ''~i/O \ CF3 HN
H H
Oy N/, CF3 O N/, CF3 HN, N / N / ( I \ O \ CF3 I \ O \ CF3 , N NH
H
0 N/, CF3 N/, O CF3 /
N O \ CF3 O
O
~NH N O
N 0 CF3 0 N/, CF3 /
N N
O \ CF3 I p CF
~ O NH2 H y O N,,, CF3 N//- OH CF3 /
N N
\ O CF O \
N-N
H H
p O N/, N CF3 0 N/, CF3 N N
p p I\ l/ CF3 I\ q/ CF3 HN g I~CH3 H
H
0 N CF3 0 N/, CF3 p p N N
/ \
\ ~ CF3 CF
~NH N O
N 0 CF3 0 N/, CF3 /
N N
O \ CF3 I p CF
~ O NH2 H y O N,,, CF3 N//- OH CF3 /
N N
\ O CF O \
N-N
H H
p O N/, N CF3 0 N/, CF3 N N
p p I\ l/ CF3 I\ q/ CF3 HN g I~CH3 H
H
0 N CF3 0 N/, CF3 p p N N
/ \
\ ~ CF3 CF
C:) O S~CH3 HN"'~O
O T Ni, CF3 0,-~ N CFg /
N I N
O \ CF3 -\ O CF3 (0) HN"~O HN~S
H H O
N/, CF3 O N~, CF3 N A N
CF3 I \ ''~i/O \ CF
or N
HN O
H
O N/, CF3 N
\ O
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) respiratory diseases (e.g., chronic lung disease, bronchitis, pneumonia, asthma, allergy, cough and bronchospasm), (2) inflammatory diseases (e.g., arthritis and psoriasis), (3) skin disorders (e.g., atopic dermatitis and contact dermatitis), (4) ophthalmalogical disorders (e.g., retinitis, ocular hypertension and cataracts), (5) central nervous system conditions, such as depressions (e.g., neurotic depression), anxieties (e.g., general anxiety, social anxiety and panic anxiety disorders), phobias (e.g., social phobia), and bipolar disorder, (6) addictions (e.g., alcohol dependence and psychoactive substance abuse), (7) epilepsy, (8) nociception, (9) psychosis, (10) schizophrenia, (11) Alzheimer's disease, (12) AIDS related dementia, (13) Towne's disease, (14) stress related disorders (e.g., post traumatic stress disorder), (15) obsessive/compulsive disorders, (16) eating disorders (e.g., bulimia, anorexia nervosa and binge eating), (17) sleep disorders, (18) mania, (19) premenstrual syndrome, (20) gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., irritable bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, colitis, and emesis), (21) atherosclerosis, (22) fibrosing disorders (e.g., pulmonary fibrosis), (23) obesity, (24) Type II
diabetes, (25) pain related disorders (e.g., headaches, such as migraines, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, and chronic pain syndromes), (26) bladder and genitourinary disorders (e.g., interstitial cystitis and urinary incontinence), (27) emesis (e.g., chemotherapy-induced (e.g., induced by cisplatin, doxorubicin, and taxane), radiation-induced, motion sickness, ethanol-induced, and post operative nausea and vomiting), and (28) nausea, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of:
O T Ni, CF3 0,-~ N CFg /
N I N
O \ CF3 -\ O CF3 (0) HN"~O HN~S
H H O
N/, CF3 O N~, CF3 N A N
CF3 I \ ''~i/O \ CF
or N
HN O
H
O N/, CF3 N
\ O
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) respiratory diseases (e.g., chronic lung disease, bronchitis, pneumonia, asthma, allergy, cough and bronchospasm), (2) inflammatory diseases (e.g., arthritis and psoriasis), (3) skin disorders (e.g., atopic dermatitis and contact dermatitis), (4) ophthalmalogical disorders (e.g., retinitis, ocular hypertension and cataracts), (5) central nervous system conditions, such as depressions (e.g., neurotic depression), anxieties (e.g., general anxiety, social anxiety and panic anxiety disorders), phobias (e.g., social phobia), and bipolar disorder, (6) addictions (e.g., alcohol dependence and psychoactive substance abuse), (7) epilepsy, (8) nociception, (9) psychosis, (10) schizophrenia, (11) Alzheimer's disease, (12) AIDS related dementia, (13) Towne's disease, (14) stress related disorders (e.g., post traumatic stress disorder), (15) obsessive/compulsive disorders, (16) eating disorders (e.g., bulimia, anorexia nervosa and binge eating), (17) sleep disorders, (18) mania, (19) premenstrual syndrome, (20) gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., irritable bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, colitis, and emesis), (21) atherosclerosis, (22) fibrosing disorders (e.g., pulmonary fibrosis), (23) obesity, (24) Type II
diabetes, (25) pain related disorders (e.g., headaches, such as migraines, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, and chronic pain syndromes), (26) bladder and genitourinary disorders (e.g., interstitial cystitis and urinary incontinence), (27) emesis (e.g., chemotherapy-induced (e.g., induced by cisplatin, doxorubicin, and taxane), radiation-induced, motion sickness, ethanol-induced, and post operative nausea and vomiting), and (28) nausea, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment, wherein the disease is selected from the group consisting of:
respiratory diseases (e.g., cough), depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorders, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorders, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, pain related disorders (e.g., headaches, such as migraines, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, and chronic pain syndromes), bladder disorders, genitourinary disorders, emesis and nausea, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating a disease (or disorder or condition) wherein there is microvascular leakage and mucus secretion in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating asthma, emesis, nausea, depressions, anxieties, cough and pain related disorders in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating emesis, depression, anxiety, and cough in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method for antagonizing an effect of a Substance P at a neurokinin-1 receptor site in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method for the blockade of NK1 receptors in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method for treating depression and/or anxiety in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of one or more anti-depressant agents and/or one or more anti-anxiety agents.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating an NK1 receptor mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more compounds of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of one or more selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ("SSRIs").
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating a disease (or disorder or condition) wherein there is microvascular leakage and mucus secretion in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating asthma, emesis, nausea, depressions, anxieties, cough and pain related disorders in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating emesis, depression, anxiety, and cough in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method for antagonizing an effect of a Substance P at a neurokinin-1 receptor site in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method for the blockade of NK1 receptors in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method for treating depression and/or anxiety in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more compounds of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of one or more anti-depressant agents and/or one or more anti-anxiety agents.
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating an NK1 receptor mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more compounds of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of one or more selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ("SSRIs").
In still an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating depression and/or anxiety in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of one or more compounds of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of one or more selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
In yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating an NK1 receptor mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of:
other types of NK1 receptor antagonists (e.g., NK1 receptor antagonists other than those according to Formula (I) of the present invention), prostanoids, H, receptor antagonists, a-adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocortin receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, endothelin converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral metalloendopeptidase inhibitors, ETA antagonists, renin inhibitors, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists (e.g., ondansetron), serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids (e.g., dexamethasone), rho kinase inhibitors, potassium channel modulators and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
In yet an additional embodiment, the invention also is directed to a method for treating an NK1 mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: prostanoids, such as prostaglandin El; a-adrenergic agonists, such as phentolamine mesylate;
dopamine receptor agonists, such as apomorphine; angiotensin II
antagonists, such as losartan, irbesartan, valsartan and candesartan; ETA
antagonists, such as bosentan and ABT-627; serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, such as ondansetron; and glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone.
In yet an additional embodiment, the invention also is directed to a method for treating an NK1 mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, SSRIs, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2C receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
In yet an additional embodiment, the invention also is directed to a method for treating emesis, nausea and/or vomiting in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of at least one serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist (e.g., ondansetron) and/or at least one glucocorticoid (e.g., dexamethasone).
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat an NK1 receptor mediated disease (or disorder or condition), wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one other therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, said at least one other therapeutic agent being selected from the group consisting of: SSRIs, other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, prostanoids, H, receptor antagonists, a-adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocortin receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, endothelin converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral metalloendopeptidase inhibitors, ETA antagonists, renin inhibitors, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids, rho kinase inhibitors, potassium channel modulators and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat depression and/or anxiety, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antidepressant agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and/or a separate third container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antianxiety agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat depression and/or anxiety, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antidepressant agent and/or an antianxiety agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a{cit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat an NK1 receptor mediated disease, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one SSRI in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat depression and/or anxiety, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one SSRI in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat emesis and/or nausea, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and/or wherein a separate third container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one glucocorticoid in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat emesis and/or nausea, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate second container comprises ondansetron, and/or wherein a separate third container comprises dexamethasone.
Another aspect of the invention is to provide a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat an NK1 receptor mediated disease, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the therapeutic agent being selected from the group consisting of: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, SSRIs, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
Except where stated otherwise, the following definitions apply throughout the specification and claims. When any variable occurs more than one time in any moiety, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. A moiety (e.g., "alkyl", "aryl", "heteroaryl", etc.) described as substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups), includes substitution with 1, 2, 3, etc. substituents, provided that the resulting substituted moiety results in a stable compound (where the term "stable" has the meaning provided herein). Likewise, moieties (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl) which are described as substituted with "0 to 3" substituents include unsubstituted moieties (i.e., "0"
substituents), and moieties substituted with 1, 2, or 3 such substituents, provided that the resulting substituted moiety results in a stable compound.
Chemical names, common names, and chemical structures may be used interchangeably to describe the same structure. These definitions apply regardless of whether a term is used by itself or in combination with other terms, unless otherwise indicated. Hence, the definition of "alkyl" applies to "alkyl" as well as the "alkyl" portions of "hydroxyalkyl," "haloalkyl,"
"alkoxy,"
etc.
Ac means acetyl.
Bn means benzyl.
Boc means t-butoxycarbonyl.
Bu means butyl.
t-Bu or But means tertiary-butyl.
n-Bu means normal-butyl.
Cbz means carbobenzoxy (i.e., Ph-CH2-O-C(O)-).
DCE means dichloroethane.
DIEA means diisopropylethyl amine.
DMF means dimethylformamide.
DMAP means dimethylamino pyridine.
DMSO means dimethylsulfoxide.
Et means ethyl.
In yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a method of treating an NK1 receptor mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of:
other types of NK1 receptor antagonists (e.g., NK1 receptor antagonists other than those according to Formula (I) of the present invention), prostanoids, H, receptor antagonists, a-adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocortin receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, endothelin converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral metalloendopeptidase inhibitors, ETA antagonists, renin inhibitors, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists (e.g., ondansetron), serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids (e.g., dexamethasone), rho kinase inhibitors, potassium channel modulators and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
In yet an additional embodiment, the invention also is directed to a method for treating an NK1 mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: prostanoids, such as prostaglandin El; a-adrenergic agonists, such as phentolamine mesylate;
dopamine receptor agonists, such as apomorphine; angiotensin II
antagonists, such as losartan, irbesartan, valsartan and candesartan; ETA
antagonists, such as bosentan and ABT-627; serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, such as ondansetron; and glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone.
In yet an additional embodiment, the invention also is directed to a method for treating an NK1 mediated disease (or disorder or condition) in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of at least one therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, SSRIs, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2C receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
In yet an additional embodiment, the invention also is directed to a method for treating emesis, nausea and/or vomiting in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with an effective amount of at least one serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist (e.g., ondansetron) and/or at least one glucocorticoid (e.g., dexamethasone).
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat an NK1 receptor mediated disease (or disorder or condition), wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one other therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, said at least one other therapeutic agent being selected from the group consisting of: SSRIs, other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, prostanoids, H, receptor antagonists, a-adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocortin receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, endothelin converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral metalloendopeptidase inhibitors, ETA antagonists, renin inhibitors, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids, rho kinase inhibitors, potassium channel modulators and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat depression and/or anxiety, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antidepressant agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and/or a separate third container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antianxiety agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat depression and/or anxiety, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antidepressant agent and/or an antianxiety agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a{cit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat an NK1 receptor mediated disease, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one SSRI in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat depression and/or anxiety, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one SSRI in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat emesis and/or nausea, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate second container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and/or wherein a separate third container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one glucocorticoid in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In still yet an additional embodiment, the present invention also is directed to a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat emesis and/or nausea, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate second container comprises ondansetron, and/or wherein a separate third container comprises dexamethasone.
Another aspect of the invention is to provide a kit comprising, in separate containers in a single package, pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination to treat an NK1 receptor mediated disease, wherein one container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I) in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and wherein, a separate container comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the therapeutic agent being selected from the group consisting of: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, SSRIs, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
Except where stated otherwise, the following definitions apply throughout the specification and claims. When any variable occurs more than one time in any moiety, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. A moiety (e.g., "alkyl", "aryl", "heteroaryl", etc.) described as substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups), includes substitution with 1, 2, 3, etc. substituents, provided that the resulting substituted moiety results in a stable compound (where the term "stable" has the meaning provided herein). Likewise, moieties (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl) which are described as substituted with "0 to 3" substituents include unsubstituted moieties (i.e., "0"
substituents), and moieties substituted with 1, 2, or 3 such substituents, provided that the resulting substituted moiety results in a stable compound.
Chemical names, common names, and chemical structures may be used interchangeably to describe the same structure. These definitions apply regardless of whether a term is used by itself or in combination with other terms, unless otherwise indicated. Hence, the definition of "alkyl" applies to "alkyl" as well as the "alkyl" portions of "hydroxyalkyl," "haloalkyl,"
"alkoxy,"
etc.
Ac means acetyl.
Bn means benzyl.
Boc means t-butoxycarbonyl.
Bu means butyl.
t-Bu or But means tertiary-butyl.
n-Bu means normal-butyl.
Cbz means carbobenzoxy (i.e., Ph-CH2-O-C(O)-).
DCE means dichloroethane.
DIEA means diisopropylethyl amine.
DMF means dimethylformamide.
DMAP means dimethylamino pyridine.
DMSO means dimethylsulfoxide.
Et means ethyl.
Et3N means triethyl amine.
EtOAc mean ethyl acetate.
Et20 means diethyl ether.
KOtBu means potassium t-butoxide.
LAH means LiAIH4.
LCMS means liquid chromatography mass spectroscopy.
LiHMDS means lithium hexamethyldisilazide.
Me means methyl.
MeOH means methanol.
Ms means methanesulfonyl.
MsCI means methanesulfonyl chloride MS means mass spectroscopy.
Ni (Ra) means Raney Ni.
Ph means phenyl i-Pr means iso-propyl.
PPTS means pyridinium p-toluenesulfonic acid.
TBAF means tetrabutylammonium fluoride.
Tempo means 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl-1-oxyl.
TFA means trifluoroacetic acid.
TMS means trimethylsilyl.
pTSA means p-toluene sulfonic acid.
THF means tetrahydrofuran.
TLC means Thin Layer Chromatography.
TMSNCO means trimethylsilylisocyanate.
TosMIC means toluenesulfonylmethylisocyanate.
EtOAc mean ethyl acetate.
Et20 means diethyl ether.
KOtBu means potassium t-butoxide.
LAH means LiAIH4.
LCMS means liquid chromatography mass spectroscopy.
LiHMDS means lithium hexamethyldisilazide.
Me means methyl.
MeOH means methanol.
Ms means methanesulfonyl.
MsCI means methanesulfonyl chloride MS means mass spectroscopy.
Ni (Ra) means Raney Ni.
Ph means phenyl i-Pr means iso-propyl.
PPTS means pyridinium p-toluenesulfonic acid.
TBAF means tetrabutylammonium fluoride.
Tempo means 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl-1-oxyl.
TFA means trifluoroacetic acid.
TMS means trimethylsilyl.
pTSA means p-toluene sulfonic acid.
THF means tetrahydrofuran.
TLC means Thin Layer Chromatography.
TMSNCO means trimethylsilylisocyanate.
TosMIC means toluenesulfonylmethylisocyanate.
"Patient" includes both human and animals.
"Mammal" means humans and other mammalian animals.
Portions of chemical formulae enclosed in parentheses and/or brackets denote pendant groups. For example, -C(O)- refers to a carbonyl group (i.e., II
-C-), -N(alkyl)- refers to a divalent amine group with a pendant alkyl group ~OCH3 alkyl I I
(i.e., -N-) and -C(=NOCH3)-CH3 refers to -C-CH3 "Alkyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain.
Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain.
More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl" means a group having about I to about 6 carbon atoms i,n the chain that may be straight or branched. The term "substituted alkyl" means that the alkyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl)2, carboxy and -C(0)0-alkyl.
Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
"Alkenyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain, and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. "Lower alkenyl" means that there are about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain, which may be straight or branched.
The term "alkenyl" includes substituted alkenyl which means that the alkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and -S(alkyl).
Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
"Alkynyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain, and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. "Lower alkynyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain that may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, and 3-methylbutynyl. The term "substituted alkynyl" means that the alkynyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
"Mammal" means humans and other mammalian animals.
Portions of chemical formulae enclosed in parentheses and/or brackets denote pendant groups. For example, -C(O)- refers to a carbonyl group (i.e., II
-C-), -N(alkyl)- refers to a divalent amine group with a pendant alkyl group ~OCH3 alkyl I I
(i.e., -N-) and -C(=NOCH3)-CH3 refers to -C-CH3 "Alkyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain.
Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain.
More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. "Lower alkyl" means a group having about I to about 6 carbon atoms i,n the chain that may be straight or branched. The term "substituted alkyl" means that the alkyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, -NH(alkyl), -NH(cycloalkyl), -N(alkyl)2, carboxy and -C(0)0-alkyl.
Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
"Alkenyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain, and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. "Lower alkenyl" means that there are about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain, which may be straight or branched.
The term "alkenyl" includes substituted alkenyl which means that the alkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and -S(alkyl).
Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl (i.e., vinyl), propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
"Alkynyl" means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain, and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. "Lower alkynyl" means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain that may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, and 3-methylbutynyl. The term "substituted alkynyl" means that the alkynyl group may be substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.
"Aryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
"Heteroaryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination.
Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The "heteroaryl"
can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa, or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl, tetrazolyl and the like. The term "heteroaryl" also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, and the like.
"Aralkyl", "arylalkyl", or "-alkyl-aryl" means a group in which the aryl and alkyl portions are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl, and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Alkylaryl" or "-aryl-alkyl" means a group in which the alkyl and aryl portions are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. A non-limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl.
The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
"Cycloalkyl" means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like, as well as partially saturated species such as, for example, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl and the like.
"Halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred halogens are fluorine, chlorine and bromine. "Halogen" or "halo" substituted groups (e.g., haloalkyl groups) refers to groups substituted with one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and/or iodine atoms. Preferred haloalkyl groups are those in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group have been replaced with chlorine or fluorine. Non-limiting examples of haloalkyl groups include -CFH2, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CI, etc.
"Ring system substituent" means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system, which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryisulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, -C(=N-CN)-NH2, -C(=NH)-NH2, -C(=NH)-NH(alkyl), YIY2N-, YIY2N-alkyl-, YIY2NC(O)-, Y1Y2NSO2- and -SOZNY1Y2, wherein Y, and Y2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl. "Ring system substituent" may also mean a single moiety that simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moieties are methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, -C(CH3)2- and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
~-o '/o :0 o and "Heterocyclyl" means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. A heterocyclyl ring can be completely saturated or partially unsaturated. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the heterocyclyl ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa, or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may be present in protected form such as, for example, an -N(Boc), -N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like;
such protected functional groups are also considered part of this invention.
The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, thiazoline, 2,4-dihydro-[1,2,3]-triazole-3-one, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole, 2,3-dihydro-lH-pyrrole, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 2,3-dihydro-furan, morpholine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone, piperadinone, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, lactams, lactones, and the like.
It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, 0 or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:
"Heteroaryl" means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination.
Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The "heteroaryl"
can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa, or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl, tetrazolyl and the like. The term "heteroaryl" also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, and the like.
"Aralkyl", "arylalkyl", or "-alkyl-aryl" means a group in which the aryl and alkyl portions are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl, and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Alkylaryl" or "-aryl-alkyl" means a group in which the alkyl and aryl portions are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. A non-limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl.
The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.
"Cycloalkyl" means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like, as well as partially saturated species such as, for example, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl and the like.
"Halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred halogens are fluorine, chlorine and bromine. "Halogen" or "halo" substituted groups (e.g., haloalkyl groups) refers to groups substituted with one or more fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and/or iodine atoms. Preferred haloalkyl groups are those in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group have been replaced with chlorine or fluorine. Non-limiting examples of haloalkyl groups include -CFH2, -CHF2, -CF3, -CH2CI, etc.
"Ring system substituent" means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system, which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryisulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, -C(=N-CN)-NH2, -C(=NH)-NH2, -C(=NH)-NH(alkyl), YIY2N-, YIY2N-alkyl-, YIY2NC(O)-, Y1Y2NSO2- and -SOZNY1Y2, wherein Y, and Y2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl. "Ring system substituent" may also mean a single moiety that simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moieties are methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, -C(CH3)2- and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
~-o '/o :0 o and "Heterocyclyl" means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. A heterocyclyl ring can be completely saturated or partially unsaturated. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the heterocyclyl ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa, or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any -NH in a heterocyclyl ring may be present in protected form such as, for example, an -N(Boc), -N(CBz), -N(Tos) group and the like;
such protected functional groups are also considered part of this invention.
The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein.
The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrothiophene, thiazoline, 2,4-dihydro-[1,2,3]-triazole-3-one, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrrole, 2,3-dihydro-lH-pyrrole, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 2,3-dihydro-furan, morpholine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, pyrrolidinone, piperadinone, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, lactams, lactones, and the like.
It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, 0 or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:
d r 1 CN
H
-OH is not attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.
It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
N 0 5 H and N OH
are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.
"Heteroaralkyl" means an -alkyl-heteroaryl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Hydroxyalkyl" means an -alkyl-OH group in which alkyl is as previously defined. The "alkyl" portion of the hydroxyalkyl is preferably a lower alkyl.
Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Acyl" means a -C(O)-H, -C(O)-alkyl or -C(O)-cycloalkyl group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
"Aroyl" means an -C(O)-aryl group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1-naphthoyl.
"Alkoxy" means an -0-alkyl group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aryloxy" means an -0-aryl group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aralkyloxy" mean a-O-alkyl-aryl group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Alkylthio" means an -S-alkyl group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Arylthio" means an -S-aryl group in which the aryl group is as previously described.. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Aralkylthio" means an -S -aralkyl or -S-alkyl-aryl group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
H
-OH is not attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.
It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
N 0 5 H and N OH
are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.
"Heteroaralkyl" means an -alkyl-heteroaryl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Hydroxyalkyl" means an -alkyl-OH group in which alkyl is as previously defined. The "alkyl" portion of the hydroxyalkyl is preferably a lower alkyl.
Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
"Acyl" means a -C(O)-H, -C(O)-alkyl or -C(O)-cycloalkyl group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.
"Aroyl" means an -C(O)-aryl group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1-naphthoyl.
"Alkoxy" means an -0-alkyl group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aryloxy" means an -0-aryl group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Aralkyloxy" mean a-O-alkyl-aryl group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Alkylthio" means an -S-alkyl group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Arylthio" means an -S-aryl group in which the aryl group is as previously described.. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Aralkylthio" means an -S -aralkyl or -S-alkyl-aryl group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.
"Alkoxycarbonyl" means an -C(O)-O-alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Aryloxycarbonyl" means a -C(O)-O-aryl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Aralkoxycarbonyl" means an -C(O)-O-alkyl-aryl group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Alkylsulfonyl" means a -S(02)-alkyl group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
"Arylsulfonyl" means an -S(02)-aryl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
The term "substituted" means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. A "stable compound' or "stable structure" means a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "optionally substituted" means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.
"Aryloxycarbonyl" means a -C(O)-O-aryl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Aralkoxycarbonyl" means an -C(O)-O-alkyl-aryl group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.
"Alkylsulfonyl" means a -S(02)-alkyl group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
"Arylsulfonyl" means an -S(02)-aryl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.
The term "substituted" means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. A "stable compound' or "stable structure" means a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "optionally substituted" means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.
The term "isolated" or "in isolated form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process or natural source or combination thereof. The term "purified" or "in purified form" for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan, in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
It should also be noted that any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples, and Tables herein is assumed to have one or more hydrogen atoms to satisfy the valences.
When a ring system (e.g., cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl) is substituted with a number of substituents varying within an expressly defined range, it is understood that the total number of substituents does not exceed the normal available valencies under the existing conditions. Thus, for example, a phenyl ring substituted with "n" substituents (where "n" ranges from 0 to 5) can have 0 to 5 substituents, whereas it is understood that a pyridinyl ring substituted with "n" substituents has a number of substituents ranging from 0 to 4.
When a functional group in a compound is termed "protected", this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W.
It should also be noted that any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples, and Tables herein is assumed to have one or more hydrogen atoms to satisfy the valences.
When a ring system (e.g., cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl) is substituted with a number of substituents varying within an expressly defined range, it is understood that the total number of substituents does not exceed the normal available valencies under the existing conditions. Thus, for example, a phenyl ring substituted with "n" substituents (where "n" ranges from 0 to 5) can have 0 to 5 substituents, whereas it is understood that a pyridinyl ring substituted with "n" substituents has a number of substituents ranging from 0 to 4.
When a functional group in a compound is termed "protected", this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W.
Greene et al, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York, herein incorporated by reference.
When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocyclyl, R13, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula (I), its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
"Alkylheteroaryl" means an alkyl group attached to a parent moiety via a heteroaryl group.
"Alkylsulfinyl" means a -S(O)-alkyl group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfinyl.
"Aralkenyl" means an -alkenyl-aryl group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkenyls contain a lower alkenyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkenyl groups include 2-phenethenyl and 2-naphthylethenyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkenyl.
"Arylsulfinyl" means an -S(O)-aryl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylsulfinyl groups include phenylsulfinyl and naphthylsulfinyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfinyl.
A carbamate group means a-O-C(O)-N(alkyl or aryl)- group, and a urea group means a -N(alkyl or aryl)-C(O)-N(alkyl or aryl)- group.
Representative carbamate and urea groups may include the following:
When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocyclyl, R13, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula (I), its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
As used herein, the term "composition" is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
"Alkylheteroaryl" means an alkyl group attached to a parent moiety via a heteroaryl group.
"Alkylsulfinyl" means a -S(O)-alkyl group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfinyl.
"Aralkenyl" means an -alkenyl-aryl group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkenyls contain a lower alkenyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkenyl groups include 2-phenethenyl and 2-naphthylethenyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkenyl.
"Arylsulfinyl" means an -S(O)-aryl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylsulfinyl groups include phenylsulfinyl and naphthylsulfinyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfinyl.
A carbamate group means a-O-C(O)-N(alkyl or aryl)- group, and a urea group means a -N(alkyl or aryl)-C(O)-N(alkyl or aryl)- group.
Representative carbamate and urea groups may include the following:
t-BupyN/ t-Bu'H3C ~
p O 101 O H
t-Bu~ N N
C~ ~ O ~\ H3C O
p~ ~ /-t-Bu O '_~ ~ ~ ~
p H3C O
"Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms, which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and the like. A non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
"Heteroaralkylthio" means an -S-alkyl-heteroaryl group wherein the group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfur.
"HeteroaryisulfinyP" means a -S(O)-heteroaryl group wherein the heteroaryl is as defined herein and the heteroaryisulfinyl group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfinyl.
"HeteroaryisulfonyP" means a -S(02)-heteroaryl group wherein the heteroaryl is as defined herein and the heteroaryisulfonyl group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfonyl.
"Heteroarylthio" means an -S-heteroaryl group wherein the heteroaryl is as defined herein and the heteroaryl group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfur.
p O 101 O H
t-Bu~ N N
C~ ~ O ~\ H3C O
p~ ~ /-t-Bu O '_~ ~ ~ ~
p H3C O
"Cycloalkenyl" means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms, which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more "ring system substituents" which may be the same or different, and are as defined above.
Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and the like. A non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
"Heteroaralkylthio" means an -S-alkyl-heteroaryl group wherein the group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfur.
"HeteroaryisulfinyP" means a -S(O)-heteroaryl group wherein the heteroaryl is as defined herein and the heteroaryisulfinyl group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfinyl.
"HeteroaryisulfonyP" means a -S(02)-heteroaryl group wherein the heteroaryl is as defined herein and the heteroaryisulfonyl group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfonyl.
"Heteroarylthio" means an -S-heteroaryl group wherein the heteroaryl is as defined herein and the heteroaryl group is attached to the parent moiety through the sulfur.
"Sulfonamide" means a sulfonyl group attached to a parent moiety through an amide.
As is well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom. For example:
/=N ~N
'22-N '22-N CH3 0 represents 0 It should also be noted that throughout the specification and Claims appended hereto, that any formula, compound, moiety or chemical illustration with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have the hydrogen atom to satisfy the valences unless the context indicates a bond.
With reference to the number of moieties (e.g., substituents, groups or rings) in a compound, unless otherwise defined, the phrases "one or more"
and "at least one" mean that there can be as many moieties as chemically permitted, and the determination of the maximum number of such moieties is well within the knowledge of those skilled in the art.
The wavy line "uvv,,r" as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)-stereochemistry.
For example, OH OH OH
means containing both Cr and ~
H H H . Similarly, when the stereochemistry in a structure is not expressly indicated, (e.g., a straight line " " is used at a chiral center, rather than or ".1111i1") the structure can have a mixture of, or any of the individual possible stereochemical configurations having the indicated connectivity (e.g., all possible enantiomers), as well as mixtures of such stereoisomers (e.g., racemic mixtures). For example, OH OH
also means containing both ()" and N N ON
H H H
Lines drawn into the ring systems, such as, for example:
indicate that the indicated line (bond) may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms.
Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term "prodrug", as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor, which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
"Solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding.
As is well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom. For example:
/=N ~N
'22-N '22-N CH3 0 represents 0 It should also be noted that throughout the specification and Claims appended hereto, that any formula, compound, moiety or chemical illustration with unsatisfied valences is assumed to have the hydrogen atom to satisfy the valences unless the context indicates a bond.
With reference to the number of moieties (e.g., substituents, groups or rings) in a compound, unless otherwise defined, the phrases "one or more"
and "at least one" mean that there can be as many moieties as chemically permitted, and the determination of the maximum number of such moieties is well within the knowledge of those skilled in the art.
The wavy line "uvv,,r" as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)-stereochemistry.
For example, OH OH OH
means containing both Cr and ~
H H H . Similarly, when the stereochemistry in a structure is not expressly indicated, (e.g., a straight line " " is used at a chiral center, rather than or ".1111i1") the structure can have a mixture of, or any of the individual possible stereochemical configurations having the indicated connectivity (e.g., all possible enantiomers), as well as mixtures of such stereoisomers (e.g., racemic mixtures). For example, OH OH
also means containing both ()" and N N ON
H H H
Lines drawn into the ring systems, such as, for example:
indicate that the indicated line (bond) may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms.
Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term "prodrug", as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor, which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
"Solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding.
In certain instances, the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example, when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. A"hydrate" is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H20.
One or more compounds of the present invention may also exist as, or optionally convert to, a solvate. Preparation of solvates is generally known.
Thus, for example, M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci., 93(3), 601-611 (2004) describes the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 50), article 12 (2004); and A. L. Bingham et al, Chem.
Commun., 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods. Analytical techniques such as, for example infrared spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
"Effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in antagonizing the neurokinin-1 receptor and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.
One or more compounds of the present invention may also exist as, or optionally convert to, a solvate. Preparation of solvates is generally known.
Thus, for example, M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci., 93(3), 601-611 (2004) describes the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 50), article 12 (2004); and A. L. Bingham et al, Chem.
Commun., 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods. Analytical techniques such as, for example infrared spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
"Effective amount" or "therapeutically effective amount" is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in antagonizing the neurokinin-1 receptor and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.
The term "pharmaceutical composition" is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients. The bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said "more than one pharmaceutically active agents". The bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units. An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like. Similarly, the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
The compounds of Formula (I) form salts that are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula (I) herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
The term "salt(s)", as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of Formula (I) contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts") may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula (I) may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula (I) with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, methyl sulfates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pamoates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, picrates, pivalates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, sulfonates (such as those mentioned herein), tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) undecanoates, and the like.
Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, aluminum salts, zinc salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, piperazine, phenylcyclohexylamine, choline, tromethamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others. Acids (and bases) which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic (or acidic) pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S.
Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website); and P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (2002) Int'l. Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, pp. 330-331, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
Compounds of Formula (I) and salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether).
All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
The compounds of Formula (I) form salts that are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula (I) herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
The term "salt(s)", as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of Formula (I) contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions ("inner salts") may be formed and are included within the term "salt(s)" as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula (I) may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula (I) with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, methyl sulfates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pamoates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, picrates, pivalates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, sulfonates (such as those mentioned herein), tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) undecanoates, and the like.
Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, aluminum salts, zinc salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, piperazine, phenylcyclohexylamine, choline, tromethamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others. Acids (and bases) which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic (or acidic) pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S.
Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website); and P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (2002) Int'l. Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, pp. 330-331, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
Compounds of Formula (I) and salts, solvates and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether).
All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula (I), and of the salts, solvates, and/or prodrugs thereof, are intended to be included in the present invention.
All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention.
Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms "salt", "solvate"
"prodrug" and the like, is intended to apply equally to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
Compounds of Formula (I) are effective antagonists of the NK1 receptor, and have an effect on its endogenous agonist, Substance P, at the NK1 receptor site, and therefore, can be useful in treating diseases, disorders, or conditions caused or aggravated by the activity of the receptor.
The in vitro and in vivo NKI, NK2 and NK3 activities of the compounds of Formula (I) can be determined by various procedures known in the art, such as a test for their ability to inhibit the activity of the NK1 agonist Substance P. The percent inhibition of neurokinin agonist activity is the difference between the percent of maximum specific binding ("MSB") and 100%. The percent of MSB is defined by the following equation, wherein "dpm" represents "disintegrations per minute":
% MSB - (dpm of unknown) - (dpm of nonspecific binding) (dpm of total binding) - (dpm of nonspecific binding) The concentration at which the compound produces 50% inhibition of binding is then used to determine an inhibition constant ("K;") using the Chang-Prusoff equation.
In vivo activity may be measured by inhibition of an agonist-induced foot tapping in a gerbil, as described in Science, 281, 1640-1695 (1998), which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. It will be recognized that compounds of Formula (I) can exhibit NK1 antagonist activities of varying degrees. For instance, certain compounds can exhibit stronger NK1 antagonist activities than others.
The compounds of the present invention exhibit potent affinities for the NK1 receptor as measured by Ki values (in nM). The activities (potencies) for the compounds of the invention are determined by measuring their Ki values.
The smaller the Ki value, the more active is a compound for antagonizing the NK1 receptor. Compounds of the invention exhibit a wide range of activities.
The NK1 average Ki values for compounds of Formula (I) generally range from 0.01 nM to about 1000 nM, preferably, from about 0.05 nM to about 100 nM, with values of from about 0.05 nM to about 20 nM being more preferred.
Even more preferred are compounds having average K; values of from 0.05 nM to about 5 nM for the NK1 receptor. Especially preferred compounds have NK1 average Ki values of from 0.05 nM to about 1 nM. Even more especially preferred compounds have NK1 average K; values of from 0.05 nM to about 0.2 nM. Examples 3a, 4, 5, 8, 12, 15, 16, 20, 30, 32, 33, 34, 38, 47, 49, 51, and 57 have Ki values, respectively, of 0.15, 0.11, 0.1, 0.12, 0.13, 0.09, 0.16, 0. 15, 0.11, 0.11, 0.13, 0.07, 0.12, 0.12, 0.16, 0.12, and 0. 12.
Compounds of the Formula (I) have a number of utilities. For instance, the inventive compounds can be useful as antagonists of neurokinin receptors, particularly, NK1 receptors in a mammal, such as a human. As such, they may be useful in treating and preventing one or more of a variety of mammalian (human and animal) disease states (physiological disorders, symptoms and diseases) in a patient in need of such treatment, wherein the disease states are selected from the group consisting of: (1) respiratory diseases (e.g., chronic lung disease, bronchitis, pneumonia, asthma, allergy, cough and bronchospasm), (2) inflammatory diseases (e.g., arthritis and psoriasis), (3) skin disorders (e.g., atopic dermatitis and contact dermatitis), (4) ophthalmologic disorders (e.g., retinitis, ocular hypertension and cataracts), (5) central nervous system conditions, such as depressions (e.g., neurotic depression), anxieties (e.g., general anxiety, social anxiety and panic anxiety disorders), phobias (e.g., social phobia), and bipolar disorder, (6) addictions (e.g., alcohol dependence and psychoactive substance abuse), (7) epilepsy, (8) nociception, (9) psychosis, (10) schizophrenia, (11) Alzheimer's disease, (12) AIDs related dementia, (13) Towne's disease, (14) stress related disorders (e.g., post traumatic stress disorder), (15) obsessive/compulsive disorders, (16) eating disorders (e.g., bulimia, anorexia nervosa and binge eating), (17) sleep disorders, (18) mania, (19) premenstrual syndrome, (20) gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., irritable bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, colitis, and emesis), (21) atherosclerosis, (22) fibrosing disorders (e.g., pulmonary fibrosis), (23) obesity, (24) Type 11 diabetes, (25) pain related disorders (e.g., headaches, such as migraines, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, and chronic pain syndromes), (26) bladder and genitourinary disorders (e.g., interstitial cystitis and urinary incontinence), (27) emesis (e.g., chemotherapy-induced (e.g., induced by cisplatin, doxorubicin, and taxane), radiation-induced, motion sickness, ethanol-induced, and post operative nausea and vomiting), and (28) nausea.
Preferably, the inventive compounds can be useful in treating and preventing one of the following mammalian (e.g., human) disease states in a patient in need of such treatment: respiratory diseases (e.g., cough), depression, anxiety, phobia, and bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorders, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa and binge eating, sleep disorders, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, pain related disorders, bladder disorders, genitourinary disorders, emesis and nausea. In particular, the compounds according to Formula (I) are useful for treating disease states related to microvascular leakage and mucus secretion. Consequently, the compounds of the invention are especially useful in the treatment and prevention of asthma, emesis, nausea, depressions, anxieties, cough and pain related disorders, more especially, emesis, depression, anxiety and cough.
In another aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound (e.g., one to three compounds, preferably, one compound) represented by Formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. The invention also relates to the use of such pharmaceutical compositions in the treatment of mammalian (e.g., human) disease states, such as those listed above.
In still another aspect of the invention, a method is provided for antagonizing the effects of a Substance P at a neurokinin-1 receptor site or for the blockade of one or more neurokinin-1 receptors in a mammal (i.e., a patient, e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound according to Formula (I).
In another aspect of the invention, an effective amount of one or more of the inventive NK1 receptor antagonists may be combined with an effective amount of one or more anti-depressant agents and/or one or more anti-anxiety agents (e.g., gepirone, gepirone hydrochloride, nefazodone, and nefazodone hydrochloride (e.g., Serzone )) to treat depression and/or anxiety. U.S. 6,117,855 (2000), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, discloses a method for treating or preventing depression or anxiety with a combination therapy of a specific NK1 receptor antagonist together with an anti-depressant and/or anti-anxiety agent. Thus, anti-depressant and/or anti-anxiety agents, such as those disclosed in U.S.
6,117,855 (2000), can be combined with one or more (e.g., one) compounds of the Formula (I) to treat depression and/or anxiety disease states in a mammal, preferably, a human.
In still another aspect of the invention, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) of the inventive NK1 receptor antagonists may be combined with an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ("SSRIs") to treat a variety of mammalian disease states, such as those described above. SSRIs alter the synaptic availability of serotonin through their inhibition of presynaptic reaccumulation of neuronally released serotonin. U.S. 6,162,805 (2000), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, discloses a method for treating obesity with a combination therapy of a NK1 receptor antagonist and an SSRI. One or more inventive compound(s) of the Formula (I) can be combined together with an SSRI(s) in a single pharmaceutical composition, or it can be administered simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with an SSRI. This combination may be useful in the treatment and prevention of obesity or another of the above-identified human and animal disease states. In particular, an effective amount of at Ieast one (e.g., one) compound having the Formula (I), alone or together with an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, can be useful in the treatment and prevention of depression, and/or anxiety.
Numerous chemical substances are known to alter the synaptic availability of serotonin through their inhibition of presynaptic reaccumulation of neuronally released serotonin. Representative SSRIs include, without limitation, the following: fluoxetine, fluoxetine hydrochloride (e.g., Prozac ), fluvoxamine, fluvoxamine maleate (e.g. Luvox ), paroxetine, paroxetine hydrochloride (e.g., Paxil ), sertraline, sertraline hydrochloride (e.g., Zoloft ), citalopram, citalopram hydrobromide (e.g., CelexaTM), duloxetine, duloxetine hydrochloride, venlafaxine, and venlafaxine hydrochloride (e.g., Effexor ).
Further SSRIs include those disclosed in U.S. 6,162,805 (2000). Other compounds can readily be evaluated to determine their ability to inhibit serotonin reuptake selectively. Thus, one aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., one) NK1 receptor antagonist having the Formula (I), at least one (e.g., one) SSRI, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating the above identified mammalian (e.g., human) disease states, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., one) NK1 receptor antagonist having the Formula (I) in combination with at least one (e.g., one) SSRI, such as one of those recited above, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.
In a preferred aspect, the invention relates to a method of treating depression and anxiety, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) NK1 receptor antagonist having the Formula (I) in combination with at least one (e.g., one) SSRI, such as one of those described above. When an inventive NK1 receptor antagonist is combined with an SSRI for administration to a patient in need of such treatment, the two active ingredients can be administered simultaneously, consecutively (one after the other within a relatively short period of time), or sequentially (first one and then the other over a period of time). In general, when the two active ingredients are administered consecutively or sequentially, the inventive NK1 receptor antagonist is preferably administered before the administration of the SSRI.
All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts and solvates of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention.
Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms "salt", "solvate"
"prodrug" and the like, is intended to apply equally to the salt, solvate and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
Compounds of Formula (I) are effective antagonists of the NK1 receptor, and have an effect on its endogenous agonist, Substance P, at the NK1 receptor site, and therefore, can be useful in treating diseases, disorders, or conditions caused or aggravated by the activity of the receptor.
The in vitro and in vivo NKI, NK2 and NK3 activities of the compounds of Formula (I) can be determined by various procedures known in the art, such as a test for their ability to inhibit the activity of the NK1 agonist Substance P. The percent inhibition of neurokinin agonist activity is the difference between the percent of maximum specific binding ("MSB") and 100%. The percent of MSB is defined by the following equation, wherein "dpm" represents "disintegrations per minute":
% MSB - (dpm of unknown) - (dpm of nonspecific binding) (dpm of total binding) - (dpm of nonspecific binding) The concentration at which the compound produces 50% inhibition of binding is then used to determine an inhibition constant ("K;") using the Chang-Prusoff equation.
In vivo activity may be measured by inhibition of an agonist-induced foot tapping in a gerbil, as described in Science, 281, 1640-1695 (1998), which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. It will be recognized that compounds of Formula (I) can exhibit NK1 antagonist activities of varying degrees. For instance, certain compounds can exhibit stronger NK1 antagonist activities than others.
The compounds of the present invention exhibit potent affinities for the NK1 receptor as measured by Ki values (in nM). The activities (potencies) for the compounds of the invention are determined by measuring their Ki values.
The smaller the Ki value, the more active is a compound for antagonizing the NK1 receptor. Compounds of the invention exhibit a wide range of activities.
The NK1 average Ki values for compounds of Formula (I) generally range from 0.01 nM to about 1000 nM, preferably, from about 0.05 nM to about 100 nM, with values of from about 0.05 nM to about 20 nM being more preferred.
Even more preferred are compounds having average K; values of from 0.05 nM to about 5 nM for the NK1 receptor. Especially preferred compounds have NK1 average Ki values of from 0.05 nM to about 1 nM. Even more especially preferred compounds have NK1 average K; values of from 0.05 nM to about 0.2 nM. Examples 3a, 4, 5, 8, 12, 15, 16, 20, 30, 32, 33, 34, 38, 47, 49, 51, and 57 have Ki values, respectively, of 0.15, 0.11, 0.1, 0.12, 0.13, 0.09, 0.16, 0. 15, 0.11, 0.11, 0.13, 0.07, 0.12, 0.12, 0.16, 0.12, and 0. 12.
Compounds of the Formula (I) have a number of utilities. For instance, the inventive compounds can be useful as antagonists of neurokinin receptors, particularly, NK1 receptors in a mammal, such as a human. As such, they may be useful in treating and preventing one or more of a variety of mammalian (human and animal) disease states (physiological disorders, symptoms and diseases) in a patient in need of such treatment, wherein the disease states are selected from the group consisting of: (1) respiratory diseases (e.g., chronic lung disease, bronchitis, pneumonia, asthma, allergy, cough and bronchospasm), (2) inflammatory diseases (e.g., arthritis and psoriasis), (3) skin disorders (e.g., atopic dermatitis and contact dermatitis), (4) ophthalmologic disorders (e.g., retinitis, ocular hypertension and cataracts), (5) central nervous system conditions, such as depressions (e.g., neurotic depression), anxieties (e.g., general anxiety, social anxiety and panic anxiety disorders), phobias (e.g., social phobia), and bipolar disorder, (6) addictions (e.g., alcohol dependence and psychoactive substance abuse), (7) epilepsy, (8) nociception, (9) psychosis, (10) schizophrenia, (11) Alzheimer's disease, (12) AIDs related dementia, (13) Towne's disease, (14) stress related disorders (e.g., post traumatic stress disorder), (15) obsessive/compulsive disorders, (16) eating disorders (e.g., bulimia, anorexia nervosa and binge eating), (17) sleep disorders, (18) mania, (19) premenstrual syndrome, (20) gastrointestinal disorders (e.g., irritable bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, colitis, and emesis), (21) atherosclerosis, (22) fibrosing disorders (e.g., pulmonary fibrosis), (23) obesity, (24) Type 11 diabetes, (25) pain related disorders (e.g., headaches, such as migraines, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, and chronic pain syndromes), (26) bladder and genitourinary disorders (e.g., interstitial cystitis and urinary incontinence), (27) emesis (e.g., chemotherapy-induced (e.g., induced by cisplatin, doxorubicin, and taxane), radiation-induced, motion sickness, ethanol-induced, and post operative nausea and vomiting), and (28) nausea.
Preferably, the inventive compounds can be useful in treating and preventing one of the following mammalian (e.g., human) disease states in a patient in need of such treatment: respiratory diseases (e.g., cough), depression, anxiety, phobia, and bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorders, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa and binge eating, sleep disorders, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorders, obesity, pain related disorders, bladder disorders, genitourinary disorders, emesis and nausea. In particular, the compounds according to Formula (I) are useful for treating disease states related to microvascular leakage and mucus secretion. Consequently, the compounds of the invention are especially useful in the treatment and prevention of asthma, emesis, nausea, depressions, anxieties, cough and pain related disorders, more especially, emesis, depression, anxiety and cough.
In another aspect, the invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound (e.g., one to three compounds, preferably, one compound) represented by Formula (I) and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. The invention also relates to the use of such pharmaceutical compositions in the treatment of mammalian (e.g., human) disease states, such as those listed above.
In still another aspect of the invention, a method is provided for antagonizing the effects of a Substance P at a neurokinin-1 receptor site or for the blockade of one or more neurokinin-1 receptors in a mammal (i.e., a patient, e.g., a human) in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) compound according to Formula (I).
In another aspect of the invention, an effective amount of one or more of the inventive NK1 receptor antagonists may be combined with an effective amount of one or more anti-depressant agents and/or one or more anti-anxiety agents (e.g., gepirone, gepirone hydrochloride, nefazodone, and nefazodone hydrochloride (e.g., Serzone )) to treat depression and/or anxiety. U.S. 6,117,855 (2000), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, discloses a method for treating or preventing depression or anxiety with a combination therapy of a specific NK1 receptor antagonist together with an anti-depressant and/or anti-anxiety agent. Thus, anti-depressant and/or anti-anxiety agents, such as those disclosed in U.S.
6,117,855 (2000), can be combined with one or more (e.g., one) compounds of the Formula (I) to treat depression and/or anxiety disease states in a mammal, preferably, a human.
In still another aspect of the invention, an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) of the inventive NK1 receptor antagonists may be combined with an effective amount of one or more (e.g., one) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors ("SSRIs") to treat a variety of mammalian disease states, such as those described above. SSRIs alter the synaptic availability of serotonin through their inhibition of presynaptic reaccumulation of neuronally released serotonin. U.S. 6,162,805 (2000), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, discloses a method for treating obesity with a combination therapy of a NK1 receptor antagonist and an SSRI. One or more inventive compound(s) of the Formula (I) can be combined together with an SSRI(s) in a single pharmaceutical composition, or it can be administered simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with an SSRI. This combination may be useful in the treatment and prevention of obesity or another of the above-identified human and animal disease states. In particular, an effective amount of at Ieast one (e.g., one) compound having the Formula (I), alone or together with an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, can be useful in the treatment and prevention of depression, and/or anxiety.
Numerous chemical substances are known to alter the synaptic availability of serotonin through their inhibition of presynaptic reaccumulation of neuronally released serotonin. Representative SSRIs include, without limitation, the following: fluoxetine, fluoxetine hydrochloride (e.g., Prozac ), fluvoxamine, fluvoxamine maleate (e.g. Luvox ), paroxetine, paroxetine hydrochloride (e.g., Paxil ), sertraline, sertraline hydrochloride (e.g., Zoloft ), citalopram, citalopram hydrobromide (e.g., CelexaTM), duloxetine, duloxetine hydrochloride, venlafaxine, and venlafaxine hydrochloride (e.g., Effexor ).
Further SSRIs include those disclosed in U.S. 6,162,805 (2000). Other compounds can readily be evaluated to determine their ability to inhibit serotonin reuptake selectively. Thus, one aspect of the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., one) NK1 receptor antagonist having the Formula (I), at least one (e.g., one) SSRI, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. Another aspect of the invention relates to a method of treating the above identified mammalian (e.g., human) disease states, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one (e.g., one) NK1 receptor antagonist having the Formula (I) in combination with at least one (e.g., one) SSRI, such as one of those recited above, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.
In a preferred aspect, the invention relates to a method of treating depression and anxiety, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one (e.g., one) NK1 receptor antagonist having the Formula (I) in combination with at least one (e.g., one) SSRI, such as one of those described above. When an inventive NK1 receptor antagonist is combined with an SSRI for administration to a patient in need of such treatment, the two active ingredients can be administered simultaneously, consecutively (one after the other within a relatively short period of time), or sequentially (first one and then the other over a period of time). In general, when the two active ingredients are administered consecutively or sequentially, the inventive NK1 receptor antagonist is preferably administered before the administration of the SSRI.
It is another embodiment of the invention to treat a patient suffering from multiple ailments with a combination therapy, the therapy comprising administering to a patient (e.g., a mammal, preferably a human) in need of such treatment at least one compound of Formula (I), and at least one other active ingredient (i.e., drug) used for treating one or more of the ailments being suffered by the patient. The compounds of Formula (I) and the other active ingredients can be administered sequentially, concurrently and/or simultaneously. The compounds of Formula (I) and the other active ingredients can be administered separately in any suitable dosage form.
Preferably, administration is accomplished using an oral dosage forms or using a transdermal patches. The compounds of Formula (I) and the other active ingredients can be formulated together and administered in one combined dosage form.
Thus, the compounds of the invention may be employed alone or in combination with other active agents. Combination therapy includes the administration of two or more active ingredients to a patient in need of treatment. In addition to the above described NK1 receptor antagonist/SSRI
combination therapy, the compounds having the Formula (I) may be combined with one or more other active agents, such as the following: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists (e.g., those that are disclosed in neurokinin receptor antagonist patents cited above), prostanoids, H, receptor antagonists, a-adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocortin receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, endothelin converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral metailoendopeptidase inhibitors, ETA
Preferably, administration is accomplished using an oral dosage forms or using a transdermal patches. The compounds of Formula (I) and the other active ingredients can be formulated together and administered in one combined dosage form.
Thus, the compounds of the invention may be employed alone or in combination with other active agents. Combination therapy includes the administration of two or more active ingredients to a patient in need of treatment. In addition to the above described NK1 receptor antagonist/SSRI
combination therapy, the compounds having the Formula (I) may be combined with one or more other active agents, such as the following: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists (e.g., those that are disclosed in neurokinin receptor antagonist patents cited above), prostanoids, H, receptor antagonists, a-adrenergic receptor agonists, dopamine receptor agonists, melanocortin receptor agonists, endothelin receptor antagonists, endothelin converting enzyme inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral metailoendopeptidase inhibitors, ETA
antagonists, renin inhibitors, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists (e.g., ondansetron, ondansetron hydrochloride (e.g., Zolfran ), palonosetron, granisetron, and granisetron hydrochloride (e.g., Kytril ), serotonin 5-HT2C
receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids (e.g., dexamethasone), rho kinase inhibitors, potassium channel modulators and/or inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
Particularly useful therapeutic agents for combination therapy with compounds of the invention are the following: prostanoids, such as prostaglandin Ej; a-adrenergic agonists, such as phentolamine mesylate;
dopamine receptor agonists, such as apomorphine; angiotensin II
antagonists, such as losartan, irbesartan, valsartan and candesartan; ETA
antagonists, such as bosentan and ABT-627; serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, such as ondansetron; and glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone. In preferred embodiments of the invention, the inventive compounds can be combined with: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, SSRIs, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2,, receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and/or inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method for treating a physiological disorder, symptom or disease in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), and an effective amount of at least one active ingredient selected from the group consisting of: other NK1 receptor antagonists, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multidrug resistance protein 5, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is selected from the group consisting of: a respiratory disease, depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorder, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorder, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorder, obesity, headache, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, chronic pain syndrome, bladder disorder, genitourinary disorder, cough, emesis and nausea.
It is yet another embodiment of the invention to treat a patient suffering from chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting or emesis, for example as the result of treatment with chemotherapy agents such as cisplatin, doxorubicin, and taxane. Treatments can comprise administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I), optionally in combination with other agents, such as serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists (e.g., ondansetron) and/or glucocorticoids (e.g., dexamethasone). The NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) may be administered in an intravenous solution containing dextrose or sodium chloride, in oral form (e.g., as a pill or capsule), or as a combination of an intravenous and oral administration. For example, the intravenous solution comprising the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) may be administered to the patient before, during, or after administration of the chemotherapy agent, followed by administration of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) in oral form. Such treatment may also include repeated administration of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) over a period of days or weeks to reduce or prevent emesis.
For intravenous formulations of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I), the compound of Formula (I) may be stored in the form of a solid (e.g., powder), optionally in combination with one or more other agents (e.g., serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists or glucocorticoids), then reconstituted by the addition of a suitable liquid. Alternatively, the compound of Formula (I) may be stored as a solution or suspension (e.g., in a single use vial, a multi-use vial, or in a ready-to-use vial), optionally in combination with one or more other agents described herein. Alternatively, the solution or suspension of the compound of Formula (I) may be mixed, prior to administration, with the optional other agents, or the solution or suspension of the compound of Formula (I) may be administered separately from the solution or suspension of the other optional agents.
Oral formulations of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) may be in the form of a pill or capsule. If combined with one or more agents (e.g., serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists or glucocorticoids), the compound of Formula (I) and the one or more agents may be mixed together with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, or may be combined in a layered structure (e.g., bilayer pill) to segregate the various active ingredients.
Alternatively, the compound of Formula (I) and the optional other agents may be administered separately.
Pharmaceutical compositions may contain from about 0.1 to about 99.9 weight percent, or from about 5 to about 95 weight percent, or from about 20 to about 80 weight percent of active ingredient (compound of the Formula (I)).
receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids (e.g., dexamethasone), rho kinase inhibitors, potassium channel modulators and/or inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
Particularly useful therapeutic agents for combination therapy with compounds of the invention are the following: prostanoids, such as prostaglandin Ej; a-adrenergic agonists, such as phentolamine mesylate;
dopamine receptor agonists, such as apomorphine; angiotensin II
antagonists, such as losartan, irbesartan, valsartan and candesartan; ETA
antagonists, such as bosentan and ABT-627; serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, such as ondansetron; and glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone. In preferred embodiments of the invention, the inventive compounds can be combined with: other types of NK1 receptor antagonists, SSRIs, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2,, receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and/or inhibitors of multi-drug resistance protein 5.
Another embodiment of this invention is directed to a method for treating a physiological disorder, symptom or disease in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), and an effective amount of at least one active ingredient selected from the group consisting of: other NK1 receptor antagonists, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multidrug resistance protein 5, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is selected from the group consisting of: a respiratory disease, depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorder, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorder, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorder, obesity, headache, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, chronic pain syndrome, bladder disorder, genitourinary disorder, cough, emesis and nausea.
It is yet another embodiment of the invention to treat a patient suffering from chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting or emesis, for example as the result of treatment with chemotherapy agents such as cisplatin, doxorubicin, and taxane. Treatments can comprise administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I), optionally in combination with other agents, such as serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists (e.g., ondansetron) and/or glucocorticoids (e.g., dexamethasone). The NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) may be administered in an intravenous solution containing dextrose or sodium chloride, in oral form (e.g., as a pill or capsule), or as a combination of an intravenous and oral administration. For example, the intravenous solution comprising the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) may be administered to the patient before, during, or after administration of the chemotherapy agent, followed by administration of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) in oral form. Such treatment may also include repeated administration of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) over a period of days or weeks to reduce or prevent emesis.
For intravenous formulations of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I), the compound of Formula (I) may be stored in the form of a solid (e.g., powder), optionally in combination with one or more other agents (e.g., serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists or glucocorticoids), then reconstituted by the addition of a suitable liquid. Alternatively, the compound of Formula (I) may be stored as a solution or suspension (e.g., in a single use vial, a multi-use vial, or in a ready-to-use vial), optionally in combination with one or more other agents described herein. Alternatively, the solution or suspension of the compound of Formula (I) may be mixed, prior to administration, with the optional other agents, or the solution or suspension of the compound of Formula (I) may be administered separately from the solution or suspension of the other optional agents.
Oral formulations of the NK1 receptor antagonist of Formula (I) may be in the form of a pill or capsule. If combined with one or more agents (e.g., serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists or glucocorticoids), the compound of Formula (I) and the one or more agents may be mixed together with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, or may be combined in a layered structure (e.g., bilayer pill) to segregate the various active ingredients.
Alternatively, the compound of Formula (I) and the optional other agents may be administered separately.
Pharmaceutical compositions may contain from about 0.1 to about 99.9 weight percent, or from about 5 to about 95 weight percent, or from about 20 to about 80 weight percent of active ingredient (compound of the Formula (I)).
For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g. magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, (2000), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD, herein incorporated by reference.
Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions, for example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
Also included are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions, for example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
Also included are solid form preparations that are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally.
The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparations subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about 4000 mg, preferably from about 0.02 mg to about 1000 mg, more preferably from about 0.3 mg to about 500 mg, and most preferably'from about 0.04 mg to about 250 mg according to the particular application.
The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated.
Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill in the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 0.02 mg/day to about 2000 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparations subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 0.01 mg to about 4000 mg, preferably from about 0.02 mg to about 1000 mg, more preferably from about 0.3 mg to about 500 mg, and most preferably'from about 0.04 mg to about 250 mg according to the particular application.
The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated.
Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill in the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 0.02 mg/day to about 2000 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day, or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy.
The quantity of NK1 receptor antagonist in combination with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor ("SSRI") in a unit dose of preparation may be from about 10 to about 300 mg of NK1 receptor antagonist combined with from about 10 to about 100 mg of SSRI. In another combination, the quantity of NK1 receptor antagonist in combination with a SSRI in a unit dose of preparation may be from about 50 to about 300 mg of NK1 receptor antagonist combined with from about 10 to about 100 mg of SSRI. In another combination, the quantity of NK1 receptor antagonist in combination with SSRI
in a unit dose of preparation may be from about 50 to about 300 mg of NK1 receptor antagonist combined with from about 20 to about 50 mg of SSRI.
The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated.
Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required. Upon improvement of a patient's condition, a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination of the invention may be administered, if necessary.
Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained. When the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level, treatment should cease. Patients may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex and diet of the patient, the time of administration, the rate of excretion, the specific drug combination, the severity and course of the symptoms being treated, the patient's disposition to the condition being treated and the judgment of the treating physician. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art.
EXAMPLES
The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples, which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures may be apparent to those skilled in the art.
Preparation of Examples 1 a and 1 b 0 N,,. CF3 H
~O ~ ~ C~
Example 1a Example 1b Step 1:
/ NOzBF4 CbzN =.,~C ~ i CF3 30 CbzN =,,iC ~ i _ CF3 Compound i Compound ii Compound i (i.e., Compound 45 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) (20.0 g, 35.5 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL of THF and cooled to -30 C. NO2BF4 (9.5 g, 68.8 mmol) was then added in one portion. The solution was allowed to warm to 23 C and stirred for 3 h. Then 200 mL of saturated NaHCO3 solution was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The organic and aqueous phases were then separated. The aqueous phase was extracted three times with 30 mL of Et20. The combined organic phases were dried and concentrated to give Compound ii, which was used without further purification.
Step 2:
~ UBH4 ~
CbzN p ~ i CbzN ~ ~ I
~ CF3 I CF3 Compound ii Compound iii To a solution of Compound ii in anhydrous THF (355 mL) at 0 C was added a solution of LiBH4 (2.0 M in THF, 8.875 mL, 17.75 mmol), dropwise.
After stirring for 10 min, the solution was quenched with saturated NH4CI
solution (100 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with Et20 (50 mL each). The combine organic layers were washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The resulting residue was dissolved in 50 mL CH2CI2 and was passed through a short pad of silica gel to give the desired product, Compound iii (16.1 g, 65%).
The quantity of NK1 receptor antagonist in combination with a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor ("SSRI") in a unit dose of preparation may be from about 10 to about 300 mg of NK1 receptor antagonist combined with from about 10 to about 100 mg of SSRI. In another combination, the quantity of NK1 receptor antagonist in combination with a SSRI in a unit dose of preparation may be from about 50 to about 300 mg of NK1 receptor antagonist combined with from about 10 to about 100 mg of SSRI. In another combination, the quantity of NK1 receptor antagonist in combination with SSRI
in a unit dose of preparation may be from about 50 to about 300 mg of NK1 receptor antagonist combined with from about 20 to about 50 mg of SSRI.
The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated.
Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required. Upon improvement of a patient's condition, a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination of the invention may be administered, if necessary.
Subsequently, the dosage or frequency of administration, or both, may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained. When the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level, treatment should cease. Patients may, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of disease symptoms.
Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex and diet of the patient, the time of administration, the rate of excretion, the specific drug combination, the severity and course of the symptoms being treated, the patient's disposition to the condition being treated and the judgment of the treating physician. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art.
EXAMPLES
The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples, which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures may be apparent to those skilled in the art.
Preparation of Examples 1 a and 1 b 0 N,,. CF3 H
~O ~ ~ C~
Example 1a Example 1b Step 1:
/ NOzBF4 CbzN =.,~C ~ i CF3 30 CbzN =,,iC ~ i _ CF3 Compound i Compound ii Compound i (i.e., Compound 45 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) (20.0 g, 35.5 mmol) was dissolved in 300 mL of THF and cooled to -30 C. NO2BF4 (9.5 g, 68.8 mmol) was then added in one portion. The solution was allowed to warm to 23 C and stirred for 3 h. Then 200 mL of saturated NaHCO3 solution was added, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The organic and aqueous phases were then separated. The aqueous phase was extracted three times with 30 mL of Et20. The combined organic phases were dried and concentrated to give Compound ii, which was used without further purification.
Step 2:
~ UBH4 ~
CbzN p ~ i CbzN ~ ~ I
~ CF3 I CF3 Compound ii Compound iii To a solution of Compound ii in anhydrous THF (355 mL) at 0 C was added a solution of LiBH4 (2.0 M in THF, 8.875 mL, 17.75 mmol), dropwise.
After stirring for 10 min, the solution was quenched with saturated NH4CI
solution (100 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with Et20 (50 mL each). The combine organic layers were washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The resulting residue was dissolved in 50 mL CH2CI2 and was passed through a short pad of silica gel to give the desired product, Compound iii (16.1 g, 65%).
Step 3:
~ i Pd/C, HCI, H2 HN O I
CbzN .,,,,0 CF
CF3 MeOH O ~ ~ CF3 + ~ CF3 Compound iii Compound iv-a Compound iv-a (90.1%, iv-a:iv-b=2:3) Compound iii (10.46 g, 17.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was dissolved in methanol (70 mL). After flushing the resulting solution with nitrogen for 15 minutes, 10% Pd/C (701 mg, 0.65 mmol, 0.038 equiv.) was added. The reaction vessel was then held under vacuum, and then refilled with nitrogen gas (3x). Concentrated hydrochloric acid (7.1 mL, 12N, 85.5 mmol, 5.0 equiv.) was syringed into the solution, causing the Pd/C to solidify. A
hydrogen balloon was attached to the reaction vessel and filled with hydrogen. After stirring the resulting reaction mixture at room temperature for 1 h, TLC analysis (EtOAc /Hexane = 20%) indicated little reaction had occurred, so another portion of 10% Pd/C (701 mg, 0.65 mmol, 0.038 equiv.) and concentrated HCI (1.2 mL, 12N, 14.4 mmol, 0.84 equiv.) were added.
Hydrogenation of the reaction mixture was allowed to continue for an additional hour. TLC analysis then showed that Compound ii:i was completely consumed. The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol, carefully filtered through a celited funnel (i.e., a funnel containing a pad of CELITE), and the residue was thoroughly washed with methanol. The filtrate was neutralized with Et3N (15 mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, and concentrated to dryness. The concentrated residue was dissolved into EtOAc, and then washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution. The resulting two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford a crude product, which was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus (Et20/Hexane= 10% to 50%) to give Compound iv-a (2.55 g) and Compound iv-b (3.85 g), as well as a mixture of Compounds iv-a and iv-b (0.94 g). Total yield: 90.1 %.
Step 4:
OzN 0 CF3 EtO~'O 02N A OZN A
~ NaBH CN HN 0 ~ ~ 3 EtOzC911-0 + EtO2C~N ~O CF3 HOAc, 0 C -> r.t. CF3 _ CF3 Compound iv-b (68%, v-a:v-b=4:5) Compound v-a Compound v-b To a solution of Compound iv-b (2.4 g, 5.04 mmol, 1 equiv) in glacial acetic acid (20 mL) was added a solution of glyoxylic acid ethyl ester in toluene (6 mL, 45-50 wt.%). The mixture was cooled to 0 C with an ice bath, and then sodium cyanoborohydride (1.5 g, 23.9 mmol, 4.7 equiv.) was added in several small portions. The ice bath was removed 10 minutes after the addition of the sodium cyanoborohydride was complete to allow the reaction mixture to warm to room temperature. After stirring the reaction mixture at room temperature for 4.5 h, some of the acetic acid was removed under vacuum, and then the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, neutralized with an aqueous NaOH (2N) solution, then washed with an aqueous saturated NaHCO3 solution. The neutralized and washed mixture was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane = 10%) to give Compound v-a (0.85 g) and Compound v-b (1.07 g). Total yield: 68%.
~ i Pd/C, HCI, H2 HN O I
CbzN .,,,,0 CF
CF3 MeOH O ~ ~ CF3 + ~ CF3 Compound iii Compound iv-a Compound iv-a (90.1%, iv-a:iv-b=2:3) Compound iii (10.46 g, 17.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was dissolved in methanol (70 mL). After flushing the resulting solution with nitrogen for 15 minutes, 10% Pd/C (701 mg, 0.65 mmol, 0.038 equiv.) was added. The reaction vessel was then held under vacuum, and then refilled with nitrogen gas (3x). Concentrated hydrochloric acid (7.1 mL, 12N, 85.5 mmol, 5.0 equiv.) was syringed into the solution, causing the Pd/C to solidify. A
hydrogen balloon was attached to the reaction vessel and filled with hydrogen. After stirring the resulting reaction mixture at room temperature for 1 h, TLC analysis (EtOAc /Hexane = 20%) indicated little reaction had occurred, so another portion of 10% Pd/C (701 mg, 0.65 mmol, 0.038 equiv.) and concentrated HCI (1.2 mL, 12N, 14.4 mmol, 0.84 equiv.) were added.
Hydrogenation of the reaction mixture was allowed to continue for an additional hour. TLC analysis then showed that Compound ii:i was completely consumed. The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol, carefully filtered through a celited funnel (i.e., a funnel containing a pad of CELITE), and the residue was thoroughly washed with methanol. The filtrate was neutralized with Et3N (15 mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, and concentrated to dryness. The concentrated residue was dissolved into EtOAc, and then washed with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution. The resulting two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford a crude product, which was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus (Et20/Hexane= 10% to 50%) to give Compound iv-a (2.55 g) and Compound iv-b (3.85 g), as well as a mixture of Compounds iv-a and iv-b (0.94 g). Total yield: 90.1 %.
Step 4:
OzN 0 CF3 EtO~'O 02N A OZN A
~ NaBH CN HN 0 ~ ~ 3 EtOzC911-0 + EtO2C~N ~O CF3 HOAc, 0 C -> r.t. CF3 _ CF3 Compound iv-b (68%, v-a:v-b=4:5) Compound v-a Compound v-b To a solution of Compound iv-b (2.4 g, 5.04 mmol, 1 equiv) in glacial acetic acid (20 mL) was added a solution of glyoxylic acid ethyl ester in toluene (6 mL, 45-50 wt.%). The mixture was cooled to 0 C with an ice bath, and then sodium cyanoborohydride (1.5 g, 23.9 mmol, 4.7 equiv.) was added in several small portions. The ice bath was removed 10 minutes after the addition of the sodium cyanoborohydride was complete to allow the reaction mixture to warm to room temperature. After stirring the reaction mixture at room temperature for 4.5 h, some of the acetic acid was removed under vacuum, and then the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, neutralized with an aqueous NaOH (2N) solution, then washed with an aqueous saturated NaHCO3 solution. The neutralized and washed mixture was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane = 10%) to give Compound v-a (0.85 g) and Compound v-b (1.07 g). Total yield: 68%.
Step 5:
pzN A H2N CF3 p~,,= CFa Zn dust ~ MeONa ~
EtOZC~N , p EtO2C~N . p ~ ~ N., ~O ~ ~
_'~ CF3 HOAc - ~ CF3 MeOH - CF3 \ / \ / \ /
Compound v-a Compound vi-a Example 1a (86% yield for 2 steps) To a solution of ester Compound v-a (402.5 mg, 0.716 mmol, 1 equiv) in glacial acetic acid (4 mL) at 0 C, zinc dust (468 mg, 7.16 mmol, 10 equiv.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, until TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 =10%) showed that the starting material Compound v-a was completely consumed. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, and passed through a celited funnel. The CELITE pad was thoroughly washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated to dryness to give crude Compound vi-a as a yellow oil. The crude Compound vi-a was dissolved in EtOAc, neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, then the aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulted crude product was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (37 mL), treated with anhydrous sodium methoxide (150 mg, 2.78 mmol, 3.9 equiv.), then heated at 88 C overnight. TLC analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness, and the resulting residue was dissolved into EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 2%) to give Example 1a (300 mg, 86% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+487.1.
Example 1 b was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used to prepare Example 1a, except that Compound v-b was used in place of Compound v-a in Step 3(14.6% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+559.1.
Preparation of Examples 2a and 3a H OAc O N~,. CF3 0 N,. OH A i ~ ., O ~ ~ ~ CF3 N.,, ,O CF3 Example 2a Example 3a Step 1:
OzN A OzN OH CF3 OzN ;.-OH CF3 (CHO)~, TBAF , EtO2C~N 0 EtOzC~N + EtozC N ~
CF3 DMF, 0 C->r.t. CF3 ,O ~ CF3 (73%) Compound v-b Compound vii-a Compound vii-b To a solution of ester Compound v-b (563 mg, 1 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL), paraformaldehyde (258 mg) was added. The resulting pale suspension was cooled to 0 C, and a 1.0 M solution of TBAF in THF (0.1 mL, 0.1 mmol, 0.1 equiv.) was syringed in. The solution was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 3 h. TLC analysis (EtOAc/Hexane = 20%) showed that the reaction was complete. The solution was diluted with EtOAc, and passed through a silica gel plug by flashing with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane=10%, 20%, 50%) to give Compound vii-a (234.2 mg) and Compound vii-b (210 mg, 73%).
Step 2:
O2N, OH CF3 HA OH CF3 EtOZC,,N O \ ~ Zn dust Et02C\~N O ~ I
CF3 HOAc CF3 Compound vii-a Compound viii-a 1) MeONa MeOH
2) EtOAc R= Ac: Example 2a R= H: Example 3b To a solution of ester Compound vii-a (107.8 mg, 0.182 mmol, 1 equiv.) in glacial acetic acid (1.5 mL) at 0 C, zinc dust (119 mg, 1.82 mmol, equiv.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, until TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 =10%) showed that the starting material Compound vii-a was completely consumed. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, and passed through a celited funnel. The CELITE pad was thoroughly washed with EtOAc, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give crude Compound viii-a as a yellow oil. The crude Compound viii-a was then dissolved in EtOAc, neutralized with a saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution and the aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting crude product was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (10 mL), treated with anhydrous sodium methoxide (32 mg, 0.60 mmol, 3.9 equiv.), then heated at 88 C for 2 h. TLC analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness, and dissolved into EtOAc (which served as an acetylation reagent in the presence of NaOMe), washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 2%) to give Example 2a (20 mg, 19.7% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 559.1; and Example 3a (75.5 mg, 80.4% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 517.1.
Preparation of Examples 2b and 3b N-OAc CF3 O N -OH CF3 O~N a O ~ I CF3 CF
Example 2b Example 3b Example 2b was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used to prepare Example 2a, except that Compound vii-b was used in place of Compound vii-a in Step 2 (11.2% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+
559.1.
pzN A H2N CF3 p~,,= CFa Zn dust ~ MeONa ~
EtOZC~N , p EtO2C~N . p ~ ~ N., ~O ~ ~
_'~ CF3 HOAc - ~ CF3 MeOH - CF3 \ / \ / \ /
Compound v-a Compound vi-a Example 1a (86% yield for 2 steps) To a solution of ester Compound v-a (402.5 mg, 0.716 mmol, 1 equiv) in glacial acetic acid (4 mL) at 0 C, zinc dust (468 mg, 7.16 mmol, 10 equiv.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, until TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 =10%) showed that the starting material Compound v-a was completely consumed. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, and passed through a celited funnel. The CELITE pad was thoroughly washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was then concentrated to dryness to give crude Compound vi-a as a yellow oil. The crude Compound vi-a was dissolved in EtOAc, neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, then the aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulted crude product was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (37 mL), treated with anhydrous sodium methoxide (150 mg, 2.78 mmol, 3.9 equiv.), then heated at 88 C overnight. TLC analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness, and the resulting residue was dissolved into EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 2%) to give Example 1a (300 mg, 86% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+487.1.
Example 1 b was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used to prepare Example 1a, except that Compound v-b was used in place of Compound v-a in Step 3(14.6% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+559.1.
Preparation of Examples 2a and 3a H OAc O N~,. CF3 0 N,. OH A i ~ ., O ~ ~ ~ CF3 N.,, ,O CF3 Example 2a Example 3a Step 1:
OzN A OzN OH CF3 OzN ;.-OH CF3 (CHO)~, TBAF , EtO2C~N 0 EtOzC~N + EtozC N ~
CF3 DMF, 0 C->r.t. CF3 ,O ~ CF3 (73%) Compound v-b Compound vii-a Compound vii-b To a solution of ester Compound v-b (563 mg, 1 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL), paraformaldehyde (258 mg) was added. The resulting pale suspension was cooled to 0 C, and a 1.0 M solution of TBAF in THF (0.1 mL, 0.1 mmol, 0.1 equiv.) was syringed in. The solution was stirred at 0 C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 3 h. TLC analysis (EtOAc/Hexane = 20%) showed that the reaction was complete. The solution was diluted with EtOAc, and passed through a silica gel plug by flashing with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane=10%, 20%, 50%) to give Compound vii-a (234.2 mg) and Compound vii-b (210 mg, 73%).
Step 2:
O2N, OH CF3 HA OH CF3 EtOZC,,N O \ ~ Zn dust Et02C\~N O ~ I
CF3 HOAc CF3 Compound vii-a Compound viii-a 1) MeONa MeOH
2) EtOAc R= Ac: Example 2a R= H: Example 3b To a solution of ester Compound vii-a (107.8 mg, 0.182 mmol, 1 equiv.) in glacial acetic acid (1.5 mL) at 0 C, zinc dust (119 mg, 1.82 mmol, equiv.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, until TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 =10%) showed that the starting material Compound vii-a was completely consumed. The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, and passed through a celited funnel. The CELITE pad was thoroughly washed with EtOAc, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give crude Compound viii-a as a yellow oil. The crude Compound viii-a was then dissolved in EtOAc, neutralized with a saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution and the aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting crude product was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (10 mL), treated with anhydrous sodium methoxide (32 mg, 0.60 mmol, 3.9 equiv.), then heated at 88 C for 2 h. TLC analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness, and dissolved into EtOAc (which served as an acetylation reagent in the presence of NaOMe), washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution, and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 2%) to give Example 2a (20 mg, 19.7% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 559.1; and Example 3a (75.5 mg, 80.4% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 517.1.
Preparation of Examples 2b and 3b N-OAc CF3 O N -OH CF3 O~N a O ~ I CF3 CF
Example 2b Example 3b Example 2b was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used to prepare Example 2a, except that Compound vii-b was used in place of Compound vii-a in Step 2 (11.2% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+
559.1.
Example 3b was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used to prepare Example 3a, except that Compound vii-b was used in place of Compound vii-a in Step 2 (46.3% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+517.1.
Preparation of Example 4 N~.=
' /~
N O ~
Example 4 CFaCF3 N,,. A
O ~ ~ LiAIH4, AICI3 O \ / THF \ /
Example 1a (34%) Example 4 To a solution of anhydrous AICI3 (80 mg, 0.6 mmol, 4.9 equiv.) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) at 0 C, was added a 1.0 M solution of LiAIH4 in ethyl ether (1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol, 14.6 equiv.). After the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, it was cooled to -78 C before a solution of Example 1a (60 mg, 0.123 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) was syringed in. Residues of Example 1a were rinsed from the syringe into the reaction mixture with 2 x 0.5 mL of dry THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 10%) indicated the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, quenched with saturated aqueous Rochelle's salt solution, and the aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by chromatography in a silica column (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 2%, 5%, 10%) to give purified Example 4(20 mg, 34% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+
473.1.
Preparation of Example 5 HzN ~,,. CFs i N .,, "O ~ I CF3 \ /
Example 5 H
W. CFa H~N N A
~N . O ~ ~ TMSNCO 'N , / CF3 CHZCI2 \ / O CF3 Example 4 (83%) Example 5 To a solution of Example 4 (20 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1 equiv:) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL), was added trimethylsilyl isocyanate (0.1 mL, 0.739 mmol, 17.6 equiv.). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 10%) indicated the reaction was complete. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by Prep. TLC (5 mm; MeOH/CH2CI2 = 10%) to give Example 5 (18 mg, 83% yield).
Preparation of Example 4 N~.=
' /~
N O ~
Example 4 CFaCF3 N,,. A
O ~ ~ LiAIH4, AICI3 O \ / THF \ /
Example 1a (34%) Example 4 To a solution of anhydrous AICI3 (80 mg, 0.6 mmol, 4.9 equiv.) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) at 0 C, was added a 1.0 M solution of LiAIH4 in ethyl ether (1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol, 14.6 equiv.). After the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, it was cooled to -78 C before a solution of Example 1a (60 mg, 0.123 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous THF (1 mL) was syringed in. Residues of Example 1a were rinsed from the syringe into the reaction mixture with 2 x 0.5 mL of dry THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 10%) indicated the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, quenched with saturated aqueous Rochelle's salt solution, and the aqueous and organic layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by chromatography in a silica column (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 2%, 5%, 10%) to give purified Example 4(20 mg, 34% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+
473.1.
Preparation of Example 5 HzN ~,,. CFs i N .,, "O ~ I CF3 \ /
Example 5 H
W. CFa H~N N A
~N . O ~ ~ TMSNCO 'N , / CF3 CHZCI2 \ / O CF3 Example 4 (83%) Example 5 To a solution of Example 4 (20 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1 equiv:) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL), was added trimethylsilyl isocyanate (0.1 mL, 0.739 mmol, 17.6 equiv.). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 10%) indicated the reaction was complete. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by Prep. TLC (5 mm; MeOH/CH2CI2 = 10%) to give Example 5 (18 mg, 83% yield).
Preparation of Example 6 i , ~O ~ I CF3 Example 6 Step 1:
1) Allylamine, NaBH(OAc)3, O CF3 HOAc, DCE, m.s. AcN CF3 i i CbzN CF 2) Acetyl chloride, CbzN O ~ i CF
3 Humig's base, 3 \ / CH2CI200 C \ /
Compound ix Compound x (39.7% yield for 2 steps) A solution of Compound ix (i.e., Compound 47 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (1.076 g, 1.86 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in dry dichloroethane (15 mL) was treated with allylamine (0.17 mL, 2.22 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (670 mg, 3.16 mmol, 1.7 equiv.), glacial acetic acid (0.13 mL, 2.22 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) and molecular sieves (4A). The resulting cloudy solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was then partitioned between 50 mL of EtOAc and 50 mL of NH4CI solution, and the organic layer was separated, dried, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in dry dichloromethane (10 mL). The resulting colorless solution was cooled to 0 C, and acetyl chloride (0.158 mL, 2.23 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was added, followed by DIEA (0.49 mL, 2.79 mmol, 1.5 equiv.). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes until TLC analysis (EtOAc/Hexane = 2:1) showed that the reaction was complete. The solution was then partitioned between 50 mL of EtOAc and 50 mL of NH4CI solution, and the organic layer was separated, dried, and concentrated in vacuo, to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus to give Compound x (489 mg, 39.7% yield).
Step 2:
1) 03, CH2CI2 O
AcN CF3 2) Pd/C, HOAc,-J~N CF3 ~ MeOH, H2 ~
CbzN CF3 3) pTSA(cat.), N1O ~ I CF3 toluene Compound x (20% yield for 3 steps) Compound xi 03 was bubbled through a solution of Compound x (489 mg, 0.74 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL) at -78 C, until the solution turned blue. The solution was then flushed with nitrogen gas to remove excess 03. Once the blue solution turned colorless, a small amount of dimethylsulfide was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature 30 minutes. TLC analysis (EtOAc/Hexane = 50%) showed only the product. The solvent was evaporated, and the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane=20%, 50%) to give the pure product. The product was dissolved in dry MeOH (10 mL), and treated with molecular sieves (4A), 10% Pd/C and a few drops of HOAc, and hydrogenated. No cyclization occurred. However, the Cbz group was removed. The resulting mixture was.then diluted with MeOH and passed through a celited funnel. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness, dissolved in dry toluene, treated with pTSA (2 mg, cat.) and heated at 88 C overnight until the reaction was complete. The mixture was then concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane =50%) to give a mixture of two diastereomers, Compound xi (76 mg, 20% yield).
1) Allylamine, NaBH(OAc)3, O CF3 HOAc, DCE, m.s. AcN CF3 i i CbzN CF 2) Acetyl chloride, CbzN O ~ i CF
3 Humig's base, 3 \ / CH2CI200 C \ /
Compound ix Compound x (39.7% yield for 2 steps) A solution of Compound ix (i.e., Compound 47 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (1.076 g, 1.86 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) in dry dichloroethane (15 mL) was treated with allylamine (0.17 mL, 2.22 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (670 mg, 3.16 mmol, 1.7 equiv.), glacial acetic acid (0.13 mL, 2.22 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) and molecular sieves (4A). The resulting cloudy solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was then partitioned between 50 mL of EtOAc and 50 mL of NH4CI solution, and the organic layer was separated, dried, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was then dissolved in dry dichloromethane (10 mL). The resulting colorless solution was cooled to 0 C, and acetyl chloride (0.158 mL, 2.23 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was added, followed by DIEA (0.49 mL, 2.79 mmol, 1.5 equiv.). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes until TLC analysis (EtOAc/Hexane = 2:1) showed that the reaction was complete. The solution was then partitioned between 50 mL of EtOAc and 50 mL of NH4CI solution, and the organic layer was separated, dried, and concentrated in vacuo, to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus to give Compound x (489 mg, 39.7% yield).
Step 2:
1) 03, CH2CI2 O
AcN CF3 2) Pd/C, HOAc,-J~N CF3 ~ MeOH, H2 ~
CbzN CF3 3) pTSA(cat.), N1O ~ I CF3 toluene Compound x (20% yield for 3 steps) Compound xi 03 was bubbled through a solution of Compound x (489 mg, 0.74 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL) at -78 C, until the solution turned blue. The solution was then flushed with nitrogen gas to remove excess 03. Once the blue solution turned colorless, a small amount of dimethylsulfide was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature 30 minutes. TLC analysis (EtOAc/Hexane = 50%) showed only the product. The solvent was evaporated, and the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane=20%, 50%) to give the pure product. The product was dissolved in dry MeOH (10 mL), and treated with molecular sieves (4A), 10% Pd/C and a few drops of HOAc, and hydrogenated. No cyclization occurred. However, the Cbz group was removed. The resulting mixture was.then diluted with MeOH and passed through a celited funnel. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness, dissolved in dry toluene, treated with pTSA (2 mg, cat.) and heated at 88 C overnight until the reaction was complete. The mixture was then concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (EtOAc/Hexane =50%) to give a mixture of two diastereomers, Compound xi (76 mg, 20% yield).
Step 3:
0 a N CFa N CF3 /
O Pd/C, Pd(OH)2/C O ~ ~
J, CFs CF3 H2, EtOH
Compound xi (59.8%) Example 6 Hydrogenation of a solution of Compound xi (30 mg, 0.0585 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH (2 mL) in the presence of 10% Pd/C (30 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.48 equiv.) yielded no product. After adding 20% Pd(OH)2/C (30 mg, 0.043 mmol, 0.73 equiv.), the hydrogenation was complete after 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and passed through a celited funnel, and the CELITE pad was washed thoroughly with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give the crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (EtOAc/Hexane = 2:1) to give Example 6 (mixture of diastereomers) (18 mg, 59.8% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 515.1:
Preparation of Example 7 O W. CF3 Example 7 N OH CFs N,,. CO2H CF3 O~N ~ i Tempo, Bleach, NaBr O ~ i ~O \ CF3 NaHC03, EtOAc O \ CF3 (29.5%) yield Example 3a Example 7 To a solution of Example 3a (142 mg, 0.275 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOAc (1 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (1 mL) at 0 C, was added NaBr (54 mg, 0.524 mmol, 1.9 equiv.) and Tempo reagent (3.8 mg, 0.024 mmol, 0.089 equiv.) followed by the addition of bleach (i.e., aqueous NaOCI
solution, 1.5 mL) in portions until the brownish color of the reaction mixture faded. The reaction mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous Na2S2O3 solution, diluted with EtOAc, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc.
The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC to give Example 7(43 mg, 29.5% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 531.1.
Preparation of Example 8 N". CN ACF3 N .,, ,O Example 8 Step 1:
H OH CF3 N.. OMs CF3 N..
O~N . ~ ~ :::t0 C ~O CF3 (99.9% yield) Example 3a Compound xii To a solution of Example 3a (149 mg, 0.288 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (3 mL) at 0 C, was added Et3N (90 L, 0.646 mmol, 2.24 equiv.) followed by dropwise addition of MsCI (50 L, 0.646 mmol, 2.24 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 2 h. TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then diluted with CH2CI2, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with CH2CI2, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (MeOH/ CH2CI2 = 2%) to give Compound xii (171 mg, 99.9% yield).
Step 2:
O N,,. OMs CF3 O N,, CN CF3 N
~N &CF3 KCN, DMF -100 C - I,,,O CF3 T
Compound xii (75% yield) Example 8 To a solution of Compound xii (60 mg, 0.101 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DMF
(1 mL), was added KCN (50 mg, 0.77 mmol, 7.6 equiv.). The resulting pale yellow suspension was heated at 100 C overnight. LCMS analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAC, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) to give Example 8 (40 mg, 75% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 526.3.
0 a N CFa N CF3 /
O Pd/C, Pd(OH)2/C O ~ ~
J, CFs CF3 H2, EtOH
Compound xi (59.8%) Example 6 Hydrogenation of a solution of Compound xi (30 mg, 0.0585 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH (2 mL) in the presence of 10% Pd/C (30 mg, 0.028 mmol, 0.48 equiv.) yielded no product. After adding 20% Pd(OH)2/C (30 mg, 0.043 mmol, 0.73 equiv.), the hydrogenation was complete after 4 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and passed through a celited funnel, and the CELITE pad was washed thoroughly with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give the crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (EtOAc/Hexane = 2:1) to give Example 6 (mixture of diastereomers) (18 mg, 59.8% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 515.1:
Preparation of Example 7 O W. CF3 Example 7 N OH CFs N,,. CO2H CF3 O~N ~ i Tempo, Bleach, NaBr O ~ i ~O \ CF3 NaHC03, EtOAc O \ CF3 (29.5%) yield Example 3a Example 7 To a solution of Example 3a (142 mg, 0.275 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOAc (1 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution (1 mL) at 0 C, was added NaBr (54 mg, 0.524 mmol, 1.9 equiv.) and Tempo reagent (3.8 mg, 0.024 mmol, 0.089 equiv.) followed by the addition of bleach (i.e., aqueous NaOCI
solution, 1.5 mL) in portions until the brownish color of the reaction mixture faded. The reaction mixture was then quenched with saturated aqueous Na2S2O3 solution, diluted with EtOAc, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc.
The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC to give Example 7(43 mg, 29.5% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 531.1.
Preparation of Example 8 N". CN ACF3 N .,, ,O Example 8 Step 1:
H OH CF3 N.. OMs CF3 N..
O~N . ~ ~ :::t0 C ~O CF3 (99.9% yield) Example 3a Compound xii To a solution of Example 3a (149 mg, 0.288 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (3 mL) at 0 C, was added Et3N (90 L, 0.646 mmol, 2.24 equiv.) followed by dropwise addition of MsCI (50 L, 0.646 mmol, 2.24 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 2 h. TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then diluted with CH2CI2, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with CH2CI2, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (MeOH/ CH2CI2 = 2%) to give Compound xii (171 mg, 99.9% yield).
Step 2:
O N,,. OMs CF3 O N,, CN CF3 N
~N &CF3 KCN, DMF -100 C - I,,,O CF3 T
Compound xii (75% yield) Example 8 To a solution of Compound xii (60 mg, 0.101 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DMF
(1 mL), was added KCN (50 mg, 0.77 mmol, 7.6 equiv.). The resulting pale yellow suspension was heated at 100 C overnight. LCMS analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAC, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) to give Example 8 (40 mg, 75% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 526.3.
Preparation of Example 9 o-\\
N. N
O N,,. CFs /
Example 9 O-\\
Et3N, EtOH N IN N
O N CN CF3 H2NOH = HCI H CF3 ~ PPTS, HC(OMe)3 O'"
i O ~ I CF3 600C ~''O ~ I CF3 Example 8 Example 9 To a solution of Example 8 (75 mg, 0.143 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH (1.4 mL), was added triethylamine (40 mL, 0.285 mmol, 2 equiv.) and hydroxyamine HCI salt (20 mg, 0.285 mmol, 2 equiv.), and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 h, then heated at 60 C for 16 h. The solvent was then removed and the resulting residue was dissolved in 2 mL HC(OMe)3 followed by addition of PPTS and further heated for 1 h. Then the reaction mixture was partitioned between 10 mL of EtOAc and 10 mL of water. The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (100%
EtOAc) to give Example 9. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 569.1 Preparation of Example 10 ~
0 ,,. CFs Example 10 0H,,. OMs H
CF3 O N,,. CFa /
N. ~ NaBH4, DMF O ~ I
=-,i Compound xii (63% yield) Example 10 To a solution of Compound xii (25 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL), was added NaBH4 (8 mg, 0.21 mmol, 5 equiv.). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 C for I h, until LCMS analysis only showed the presence of product. The reaction mixture was then diluted with Et20, washed with aqueous 1 N HCI solution, then neutralized by adding K2C03 until the pH of the solution was 7. The organic and aqueous layers were then separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with Et20. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) to give Example 10 (13.3 mg, 63% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 501.3.
Preparation of Examples 11 and 12 ,,. O CF3 N,,, O CF3 O~N . / 7 O~ . / ~
=-,~O ~ CF3 =~,~0 ~ CF3 Example 11 Example 12 H OH
CFs N,,. O A O N,,. O CF3 0~,~. O
~ i NO ~ ~ Mel, Bu4NHSO4 O CF N., O ~ I CF3 CF3 THF, 50% NaOH 3 Example 3a Example 11 Example 12 (69%) (17%) To a solution of Example 3a (28.8 mg, 0.0558 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous THF (0.4 mL) and 50 wt.% aqueous NaOH solution (0.2 mL), was added Bu4NHSO4 (8.9 mg, 0.022 mmol, 0.4 equiv.) and Mel (5.22 L, 0.0836 mmol, 1.5 equiv.). The resulting pale yellow mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) showed that no starting material remained in the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/ CH2CI2 = 5%) to give Example 11 (21 mg, 69% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 545.1; and Example 12 (5 mg, 17% yield). Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 531.1.
Preparation of Example 13 o r' O N~
H
N,,. CFs O
/
N ., O ~ I CF3 Example 13 p,' N O
N,. OH CF3 O N-(O H 0' ~ CF~
0 u CI O W.
/ /
I DIEA, DMAP I
0 ~ CF3 CHzCIz, 0 C->r.t. ~0 \ CF, Example 3a (30% yfeld) Example 13 To a solution of Example 3a (50 mg, 0.096 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL) at 0 C, was added 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (12.4 pL, 0.106 mmol, 1.1 equiv.) and DIEA (18.5 pL, 0.106 mmol, 1.1 equiv.).
The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 1.5 h, at which time TLC analysis (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) showed that no reaction had occurred. DMAP (6 mg, 0.048 mmol, 0.5 equiv.) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified twice by Prep. TLC (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) to give Example 13 (18.2 mg, 30% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 630.3.
Preparation of Example 14 O No H
O N,,. CF3 i N ., O ~ I CF3 Example 14 O~-- No N,,, OH CF3 CN~O N.. O CF3 O~ CI O
N ~ ~ DIEA_DMAP ~ ~ ~
"O ~ CF3 CHZCI2, 0 C->r.t. N O \ CF3 \ /
Example 3a (22% yield) Example 14 Example 14 was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used for preparing Example 13, except that 4-piperidinecarbonyl chloride was used in place of 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (22% yield). Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 628.1.
N. N
O N,,. CFs /
Example 9 O-\\
Et3N, EtOH N IN N
O N CN CF3 H2NOH = HCI H CF3 ~ PPTS, HC(OMe)3 O'"
i O ~ I CF3 600C ~''O ~ I CF3 Example 8 Example 9 To a solution of Example 8 (75 mg, 0.143 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH (1.4 mL), was added triethylamine (40 mL, 0.285 mmol, 2 equiv.) and hydroxyamine HCI salt (20 mg, 0.285 mmol, 2 equiv.), and the resulting solution was stirred for 1 h, then heated at 60 C for 16 h. The solvent was then removed and the resulting residue was dissolved in 2 mL HC(OMe)3 followed by addition of PPTS and further heated for 1 h. Then the reaction mixture was partitioned between 10 mL of EtOAc and 10 mL of water. The organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (100%
EtOAc) to give Example 9. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 569.1 Preparation of Example 10 ~
0 ,,. CFs Example 10 0H,,. OMs H
CF3 O N,,. CFa /
N. ~ NaBH4, DMF O ~ I
=-,i Compound xii (63% yield) Example 10 To a solution of Compound xii (25 mg, 0.042 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL), was added NaBH4 (8 mg, 0.21 mmol, 5 equiv.). The reaction mixture was heated at 90 C for I h, until LCMS analysis only showed the presence of product. The reaction mixture was then diluted with Et20, washed with aqueous 1 N HCI solution, then neutralized by adding K2C03 until the pH of the solution was 7. The organic and aqueous layers were then separated, and the aqueous layer was further extracted with Et20. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) to give Example 10 (13.3 mg, 63% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 501.3.
Preparation of Examples 11 and 12 ,,. O CF3 N,,, O CF3 O~N . / 7 O~ . / ~
=-,~O ~ CF3 =~,~0 ~ CF3 Example 11 Example 12 H OH
CFs N,,. O A O N,,. O CF3 0~,~. O
~ i NO ~ ~ Mel, Bu4NHSO4 O CF N., O ~ I CF3 CF3 THF, 50% NaOH 3 Example 3a Example 11 Example 12 (69%) (17%) To a solution of Example 3a (28.8 mg, 0.0558 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous THF (0.4 mL) and 50 wt.% aqueous NaOH solution (0.2 mL), was added Bu4NHSO4 (8.9 mg, 0.022 mmol, 0.4 equiv.) and Mel (5.22 L, 0.0836 mmol, 1.5 equiv.). The resulting pale yellow mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) showed that no starting material remained in the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc, washed with water, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/ CH2CI2 = 5%) to give Example 11 (21 mg, 69% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 545.1; and Example 12 (5 mg, 17% yield). Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 531.1.
Preparation of Example 13 o r' O N~
H
N,,. CFs O
/
N ., O ~ I CF3 Example 13 p,' N O
N,. OH CF3 O N-(O H 0' ~ CF~
0 u CI O W.
/ /
I DIEA, DMAP I
0 ~ CF3 CHzCIz, 0 C->r.t. ~0 \ CF, Example 3a (30% yfeld) Example 13 To a solution of Example 3a (50 mg, 0.096 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL) at 0 C, was added 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (12.4 pL, 0.106 mmol, 1.1 equiv.) and DIEA (18.5 pL, 0.106 mmol, 1.1 equiv.).
The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 1.5 h, at which time TLC analysis (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) showed that no reaction had occurred. DMAP (6 mg, 0.048 mmol, 0.5 equiv.) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified twice by Prep. TLC (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) to give Example 13 (18.2 mg, 30% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 630.3.
Preparation of Example 14 O No H
O N,,. CF3 i N ., O ~ I CF3 Example 14 O~-- No N,,, OH CF3 CN~O N.. O CF3 O~ CI O
N ~ ~ DIEA_DMAP ~ ~ ~
"O ~ CF3 CHZCI2, 0 C->r.t. N O \ CF3 \ /
Example 3a (22% yield) Example 14 Example 14 was prepared using a procedure similar to the procedure used for preparing Example 13, except that 4-piperidinecarbonyl chloride was used in place of 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (22% yield). Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 628.1.
Preparation of Example 15 0 ~-NHZ
~
0 ,,. CFs N
,, O ~
Example 15 Example 15 was prepared by a procedure similar to the procedure used for preparing Example 13, except that trimethylsilylisocyanate was used in place of morpholinecarbonyl chloride. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 560.1.
Preparation of Example 16 O
H
O N,,. NHz CF3 i N , " I CF3 Example 16 O
O N,,. CN H CF3 A O NHz H2O2, NaOH O CF3 EtOH, 0 C NO CF3 \ / (41 % yield) \ /
Example 8 Example 16 To a solution of Example 8 (40.5 mg, 0.077 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH
(2.5 mL) at 0 C, was added an aqueous 2N NaOH solution (0.2 mL, 0.39 mmol, 5 equiv.) followed by a 30 wt. % aqueous H202 solution (1.6 mL, 14.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0 C for about 2 h at which time TLC
analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2= 5%) showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was maintained at 0 C, then quenched with NaBH4 (400 mg).
The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture under vacuum. The resulting residue was then partitioned between EtOAc and water, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) to give Example 16 (17 mg, 41 % yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 544.1.
Preparation of Example 17 O N,,. N3 A
Example 17 N,.. OMs CF3 N,.. N3 CF3 NaN3, DMF 'N / ~
CF3 10o c - i0 ~ CF3 Compound xii (63% yield) Example 17 Example 17 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 8, except that NaN3 was used in place of KCN in Step 2 (63% yield for Step 2). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 542.1.
Preparation of Example 18 H NN-N
O N,,. J CF3 N ., O CF3 Example 18 N_N H N-N
C N,,. CMs CF3 HNJ C N,, NJ CFa ~N C \ ~ NaH, CsF
CF3 DMF, 100 C C CF3 Compound xii (50%) Example 18 To a solution of 1,2,3-triazole in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) at 0 C, was added NaH (10 mg, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.25 mmol, 5 equiv.) and CsF (47 mg, 0.25 mmol, 5 equiv.). The resulted cloudy solution was stirred at 0 C for 1.5 h before Compound xii (30 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 equiv.) was added.
The reaction mixture was heated at 100 C for 16 h at which time LCMS
analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. DMF was evaporated, the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) to give Example 18 (14.2 mg, 50% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 568.3.
Preparation of Example 19 N
C~,,. N\--N CFs Example 19 Example 19 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 18, except that 1,2,4-triazole was used instead of 1,2,3-triazole. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 568.3.
~
0 ,,. CFs N
,, O ~
Example 15 Example 15 was prepared by a procedure similar to the procedure used for preparing Example 13, except that trimethylsilylisocyanate was used in place of morpholinecarbonyl chloride. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 560.1.
Preparation of Example 16 O
H
O N,,. NHz CF3 i N , " I CF3 Example 16 O
O N,,. CN H CF3 A O NHz H2O2, NaOH O CF3 EtOH, 0 C NO CF3 \ / (41 % yield) \ /
Example 8 Example 16 To a solution of Example 8 (40.5 mg, 0.077 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH
(2.5 mL) at 0 C, was added an aqueous 2N NaOH solution (0.2 mL, 0.39 mmol, 5 equiv.) followed by a 30 wt. % aqueous H202 solution (1.6 mL, 14.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0 C for about 2 h at which time TLC
analysis (MeOH/CH2CI2= 5%) showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was maintained at 0 C, then quenched with NaBH4 (400 mg).
The solvent was evaporated from the reaction mixture under vacuum. The resulting residue was then partitioned between EtOAc and water, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC (MeOH/CH2CI2 = 5%) to give Example 16 (17 mg, 41 % yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 544.1.
Preparation of Example 17 O N,,. N3 A
Example 17 N,.. OMs CF3 N,.. N3 CF3 NaN3, DMF 'N / ~
CF3 10o c - i0 ~ CF3 Compound xii (63% yield) Example 17 Example 17 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 8, except that NaN3 was used in place of KCN in Step 2 (63% yield for Step 2). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 542.1.
Preparation of Example 18 H NN-N
O N,,. J CF3 N ., O CF3 Example 18 N_N H N-N
C N,,. CMs CF3 HNJ C N,, NJ CFa ~N C \ ~ NaH, CsF
CF3 DMF, 100 C C CF3 Compound xii (50%) Example 18 To a solution of 1,2,3-triazole in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) at 0 C, was added NaH (10 mg, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.25 mmol, 5 equiv.) and CsF (47 mg, 0.25 mmol, 5 equiv.). The resulted cloudy solution was stirred at 0 C for 1.5 h before Compound xii (30 mg, 0.05 mmol, 1 equiv.) was added.
The reaction mixture was heated at 100 C for 16 h at which time LCMS
analysis indicated that the reaction was complete. DMF was evaporated, the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) to give Example 18 (14.2 mg, 50% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 568.3.
Preparation of Example 19 N
C~,,. N\--N CFs Example 19 Example 19 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 18, except that 1,2,4-triazole was used instead of 1,2,3-triazole. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 568.3.
Preparation of Example 20 NQN
C~~,. N\-- a .,, ~O CF3 Example 20 Example 20 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 18, except that tetrazole was used instead of 1,2,3-triazole. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 569.1.
Preparation of Example 21 ~I,. NH2 O
Example 21 0 N~,. N3 CF3 C H NHZ CF3 N nBu3P, H20 N.,, CF3 ~ CF3 THF
(81.5% yield) Example 17 Example 21 To a solution of Example 17 in anhydrous THF (4 mL), was added n-Bu3P (0.1 mL, 0.756 mmol, 2.25 equiv.) and water (0.08 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature over a weekend, at which time TLC analysis (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) showed that only product was present in the mixture.
The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum, and the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
C~~,. N\-- a .,, ~O CF3 Example 20 Example 20 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 18, except that tetrazole was used instead of 1,2,3-triazole. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 569.1.
Preparation of Example 21 ~I,. NH2 O
Example 21 0 N~,. N3 CF3 C H NHZ CF3 N nBu3P, H20 N.,, CF3 ~ CF3 THF
(81.5% yield) Example 17 Example 21 To a solution of Example 17 in anhydrous THF (4 mL), was added n-Bu3P (0.1 mL, 0.756 mmol, 2.25 equiv.) and water (0.08 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature over a weekend, at which time TLC analysis (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 5%) showed that only product was present in the mixture.
The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum, and the resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with water and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/ CH2CI2= 10%) to give Example 21 (142.9 mg, 81.5% yield).
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 516.1.
Preparation of Example 22 C N,,. N~ H CF3 Example 22 HN NH
C N,.. OMs CF3 o Q N. )r N H CF3 z:~ NaH_CsF ~ 0 CF3 DMF, 100 C N ~C \ I CF3 (83.5% yield) Compound xii Example 22 Example 22 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 18, except that hydantoin was used in place of 1,2,3-triazole (83.5% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 599.1.
Preparation of Example 23 0 N,,. CF3 Example 23 O
~NH2 O N, . NH2 CF3 O N,,. NH CF3 1)TMSNCO ~
N.,, "0 CICHzCHZCI N.
CF3 ,~O CF3 2) MeOH
Example 21 (54.3% yield) Example 23 To a solution of Example 21 (17.2 mg, 0.033 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous CICH2CH2CI (1 mL), was added trimethylsilylisocyanate (13.6 pL, 0.1 mmol, 3 equiv.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. At that time, TLC analysis (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 10%) showed only product. The solution was then treated with MeOH (1 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/CH2CI2= 10%) to give Example 23 (10 mg, 54.3% yield).
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 559.1.
Preparation of Example 24 O
H N~NH
W. \--N CF3 Example 24 0\\
EtO, I-NH
N NH2 CF3 H"C=NNHC02Me H N
~ Cmpd xiii 01'' ~N CF3 N., CF EtOH N .'" O ' MeONa, MeOH
Example 21 (33.2%) Example 24 To a solution of Example 21 (17.4 mg, 0.034 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH
(2 mL), was added Compound xiii (i.e., EtOC(H)C=NNHCO2Me) (14.8 mg, 0.1 mmol, 3 equiv.). The solution was heated at 60 C over a weekend, at which time LCMS analysis showed that the starting material (i.e., Example 21) was completely consumed. The solution was then diluted with anhydrous MeOH (5 mL), treated with anhydrous NaOMe (25 mg, 0.463 mmol, 13.6 equiv.), heated at 88 C overnight, and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI
solution, and water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep.
TLC (MeOH/ EtOAc= 10%) to give Example 24 (6.6 mg, 33.2% yield).
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 584.1.
Preparation of Example 25 HN)'--O
NH
N,,.
N ., ~O Example 25 ~
~ NCO HN 0 O N,.. NH2 CF3 O N,,. NH A ~ Cmpd xiv ~
~ I CF3 ~'''"O CF3 CICHzCH2Cl -Example 21 (70.5%) Example 25 Example 25 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 23, except that Compound xiv was used in place of trimethylsilylisocyanate (70.5% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+654.2.
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 516.1.
Preparation of Example 22 C N,,. N~ H CF3 Example 22 HN NH
C N,.. OMs CF3 o Q N. )r N H CF3 z:~ NaH_CsF ~ 0 CF3 DMF, 100 C N ~C \ I CF3 (83.5% yield) Compound xii Example 22 Example 22 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 18, except that hydantoin was used in place of 1,2,3-triazole (83.5% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 599.1.
Preparation of Example 23 0 N,,. CF3 Example 23 O
~NH2 O N, . NH2 CF3 O N,,. NH CF3 1)TMSNCO ~
N.,, "0 CICHzCHZCI N.
CF3 ,~O CF3 2) MeOH
Example 21 (54.3% yield) Example 23 To a solution of Example 21 (17.2 mg, 0.033 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous CICH2CH2CI (1 mL), was added trimethylsilylisocyanate (13.6 pL, 0.1 mmol, 3 equiv.). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. At that time, TLC analysis (MeOH/ CH2CI2= 10%) showed only product. The solution was then treated with MeOH (1 mL) and stirred for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by Prep. TLC
(MeOH/CH2CI2= 10%) to give Example 23 (10 mg, 54.3% yield).
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 559.1.
Preparation of Example 24 O
H N~NH
W. \--N CF3 Example 24 0\\
EtO, I-NH
N NH2 CF3 H"C=NNHC02Me H N
~ Cmpd xiii 01'' ~N CF3 N., CF EtOH N .'" O ' MeONa, MeOH
Example 21 (33.2%) Example 24 To a solution of Example 21 (17.4 mg, 0.034 mmol, 1 equiv.) in EtOH
(2 mL), was added Compound xiii (i.e., EtOC(H)C=NNHCO2Me) (14.8 mg, 0.1 mmol, 3 equiv.). The solution was heated at 60 C over a weekend, at which time LCMS analysis showed that the starting material (i.e., Example 21) was completely consumed. The solution was then diluted with anhydrous MeOH (5 mL), treated with anhydrous NaOMe (25 mg, 0.463 mmol, 13.6 equiv.), heated at 88 C overnight, and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated aqueous NH4CI
solution, and water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by Prep.
TLC (MeOH/ EtOAc= 10%) to give Example 24 (6.6 mg, 33.2% yield).
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 584.1.
Preparation of Example 25 HN)'--O
NH
N,,.
N ., ~O Example 25 ~
~ NCO HN 0 O N,.. NH2 CF3 O N,,. NH A ~ Cmpd xiv ~
~ I CF3 ~'''"O CF3 CICHzCH2Cl -Example 21 (70.5%) Example 25 Example 25 was prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Example 23, except that Compound xiv was used in place of trimethylsilylisocyanate (70.5% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+654.2.
Preparation of Examples 26 and 27 F-< H ~ CF3 O
~ i ~N '~O ~ I CF3 + .,, "0 ~ I CF3 Example 26 Example 27 NcLOCF3 OH CF3 Br~~ ~N,,. ~ v CFs 0 N,., 0 CF3 Bu4NI, Bu4NHSO4 + N O CFTHF, 50% NaOH
Example 3a Example 26 Example 27 (38.9%) (14%) Examples 26 and 27 were prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Examples 11 and 12, except that cyclopropyl bromide and tetrabutyl-ammonium iodide were used in place of methyliodide.
Example 26 (38.9% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 625.3. Example 27 (14 l0 yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 571.3.
~ i ~N '~O ~ I CF3 + .,, "0 ~ I CF3 Example 26 Example 27 NcLOCF3 OH CF3 Br~~ ~N,,. ~ v CFs 0 N,., 0 CF3 Bu4NI, Bu4NHSO4 + N O CFTHF, 50% NaOH
Example 3a Example 26 Example 27 (38.9%) (14%) Examples 26 and 27 were prepared using procedures similar to the procedures used to prepare Examples 11 and 12, except that cyclopropyl bromide and tetrabutyl-ammonium iodide were used in place of methyliodide.
Example 26 (38.9% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 625.3. Example 27 (14 l0 yield). Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 571.3.
Preparation of Examples 28 and 29 ~ 9 H N H NH
0 'Y A p N,, CF3 ~
N~" ~C CF3 N~''~,O ~ I CF3 i i Example 28 Example 29 NH
O N,. CF3 O N,. CF3 CF3 H N p O Benz aldehyde, NaBH(OAc)3 ~N CF3 M.Sieves, CI(CH2)2CI CF3 _ O I CF3 Example 21 Example 28 Example 29 In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.035 g, 0.00007 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 3 mL of dichloroethane. Benzaldehyde (0.008 mL, 0.000075 mol, 1.1 equiv.) was added, followed by molecular sieves (0.04 g).
The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, and then NaBH(OAc) 3 (0.04 g, 0.00016 mol, 2.6 equiv.) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through a CELITE pad, which was then washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with H20, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 60/40 EtOAc/hexane, to isolate two compounds. The first compound eluted was the di-benzylated product Example 28 (0.007 g), and the second product eluted was the mono-benzylated product Example 29 (0.005 g).
0 'Y A p N,, CF3 ~
N~" ~C CF3 N~''~,O ~ I CF3 i i Example 28 Example 29 NH
O N,. CF3 O N,. CF3 CF3 H N p O Benz aldehyde, NaBH(OAc)3 ~N CF3 M.Sieves, CI(CH2)2CI CF3 _ O I CF3 Example 21 Example 28 Example 29 In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.035 g, 0.00007 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 3 mL of dichloroethane. Benzaldehyde (0.008 mL, 0.000075 mol, 1.1 equiv.) was added, followed by molecular sieves (0.04 g).
The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, and then NaBH(OAc) 3 (0.04 g, 0.00016 mol, 2.6 equiv.) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through a CELITE pad, which was then washed with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with H20, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 60/40 EtOAc/hexane, to isolate two compounds. The first compound eluted was the di-benzylated product Example 28 (0.007 g), and the second product eluted was the mono-benzylated product Example 29 (0.005 g).
Preparation of Example 30 ~o H N
p N,. CF3 i N ~' ~C ~ I CF3 Example 30 cl H
p &OJL CFO CF3 p N,CF3 ~ ~ ECCC ~ 0OC- Rtemp i i Example 21 Compound xv Example 30 Step 1:
In a 10 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.085 g, 0.0016 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.035 mL, 0.0025 mol, 1.5 equiv.) followed by chlorovaleryl chloride (0.025 mL, 0.00019 mol, 1.2 equiv.) were then added. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 14 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(60:40 EtOAc/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction was diluted with CH2CI2, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give Compound xv (0.085 g) as a crude product.
Step 2:
In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xv (0.085 g, 0.00013 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry THF. To this solution, 60% NaH
(0.014 g, 0.0004 mol, 3.0 equiv.) was added, and reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (95/5 EtOAC/MeOH) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with a saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 2% MeOH/EtOAc to give Example 30 (0.025 g).
Preparation of Example 31 ~o H
0 N,= CF3 I N ='"~O ~ I CF3 Example 31 CI ~
NH2 0 H HN O H'N
N,. CF3 O N,= CF3 O N,= CF3 0~
CI ~ i i ~N c l ~ ~rHl NaH, '-' N ~
CF3 Et3N, CH2CI2, O ~ CF3 O ~ CF3 0OC- Rtemp i i Compound xvi Example 31 Example 21 Step 1:
In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.085 g, 0.00016 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 3 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.035 mL, 0.00025 mol, 1.5 equiv.) followed by 4-chlorobutyryl chloride ( 0.023 mL, 0.00018 mol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 14 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (95/5 EtOAC/MeOH) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give Compound xvi (0.075 g) as a crude product.
Step 2:
In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xvi (0.075 g, 0.00014 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry THF (1 mL). To this reaction mixture, 60% NaH (0.014 g, 0.00027 mol, 3.0 equiv.) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (95/5 EtOAC/MeOH) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 2% MeOH/EtOAc to give Example 31 (0.025 g).
Preparation of Example 32 H HNI<
p N,. CF3 i I N O ~ I CF3 Example 32 H OMs H HN~
O~N,, CF3 H2N~ CsCO3, DMF O N,, CF3 i ~ 50 I O ~ I CF3 oC ''',O ~ I CF3 Compound xii Example 32 In a 10 mL sealed tube, Compound xii (0.075 g, 0.000126 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry DMF, and cyclopropyl amine (0.026 mL, 0.00038 mol, 3.0 equiv.) followed by CsCO3 (0.123 g, 0.00038 mol, 3.0 equiv.) was then added. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 C for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (100% EtOAc) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water.
The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 to give a crude product. Prep. TLC
purification was carried out using 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 32 (0.029 g).
Preparation of Example 33 H O Nr 0 N,, CF3 i I '''~~O ~ I CF3 Example 33 H OMs H O-N
O N,, CF3 O K. CF3 T i ~=N OH ~ i N'' O ~ I CF 60% NaH, CsF, DMF N=õ ~p ~ ~
11 3 0 oC- Rtemp 11 CF3 Compound xii Example 33 To a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask maintained at 0 C, dry DMF (1 mL) was added 60% NaH (0.021 g, 0.00054 mol, 4.0 equiv.), CsF
(0.082 g, 0.00054 mol, 4.0 equiv.) followed by acetoneoxime (0.02 g, 0.00027 mol, 2.0 equiv.). After 15 min., the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 1.5 h. Compound xii (0.08 g, 0.000134 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was then added to the reaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (10% MeOH/EtOAc) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 5%
MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 33 (0.035 g).
Preparation of Example 34 s H
0 N,, CF3 I N '" O I CF3 Example 34 OMs H S
0 N&.OJLCF CF3 O N,, CF3 NasMeDM i Compound xii Example 34 In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xii (0.185 g, 0.00031 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry DMF (2 mL). To this mixture, sodium thiomethoxide (0.048 g, 0.000685 mol, 2.7 equiv.) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 50 C for 12 h. Purification was carried out using a BIOTAGE apparatus (30/70 EtOAc/Hexane to 60/40 EtOAc/Hexane), to give Example 34 (0.135g, 80% yield).
Preparation of Example 35 H zo O
Exampe 35 H S/ H OS O
O N,, CF3 O N, CF3 /
Oxone T
I N'''~O ~ I CF3 THF/H20 1:1 ==,,~0 ~ I CF
Example 34 Exampe 35 In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 34 (0.077 g, 0.00014 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in THF/H20 (1:1, 1 mL each). Oxone (0.104 g, 0.00018 mol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, and monitored by TLC (60/40 EtOAc/hexane). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with H20, and dried over Na2SO4 to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 35 (0.030 g).
Preparation of Example 36 H NH N
C
0 N,, &OJCF
Example 36 NHz H NH~t- N
p ~ / N,, CI
CF3 ~ND O ~0CF3 Example 21 Example 36 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.185 g, 0.000366 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.325 mL, 0.000726 mol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by piperidine carbonyl chloride ( 0.055 mL, 0.00044 mol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/ Hexane to give Example 36 (0.090 g).
Preparation of Example 37 o rl~_O
H NHN,1 /
0 N,= CF3 i I N '' O ~ I CF3 Example 37 O ~OI
H NH~N./
O N NHz CF3 ~ ~--~ 0 N,= A i CI ~ ~ O ~ I CF3 Et3N, CHZCI2, ~O CF3 I i 0 C- Rtemp Example 21 Example 37 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 20 (0.06 g, 0.000116 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.101 mL, 0.000232 mol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by morpholine carbonyl chloride (0.016 mL, 0.00014 mol, 1.2 equiv) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/ Hexane to give Example 37 (0.030 g).
Preparation of Example 38 NH'S-H
0 N-. O CF3 Example 38 H NH2 H NH"S-0 N,, CF3 O 0 N,, O CF3 i A~ CI ~N
O ~ I CF3 Et3N, CHzCl2, O CF3 I i 0OC- Rtemp I
Example 21 Example 38 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 20 (0.06 g, 0.000116 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.101 mL, 0.000232 mol, 2.0 equiv.) and methane sulfonyl chloride (0.011 mL, 0.00014 mol, 1.2 equiv) were then added, and the reaction mixture was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/hexane to give Example 38 (0.030 g).
Preparation of Example 39 T H H
p N,, CF3 i I N "'~~C ~ I CF3 Example 39 N
NCF3 CI I N/ 011 N, HN O CF3 p&.OJL
0OC- Rtemp 0 ~
Example 21 Example 39 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 20 (0.06 g, 0.000116 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.101 mL, 0.000232 mol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by picolinonyl chloride ( 0.025 g, 0.00014 mol, 1.2 equiv) were then added to the reaction mixture, which was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/hexane to give Example 39 (0.035 g).
p N,. CF3 i N ~' ~C ~ I CF3 Example 30 cl H
p &OJL CFO CF3 p N,CF3 ~ ~ ECCC ~ 0OC- Rtemp i i Example 21 Compound xv Example 30 Step 1:
In a 10 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.085 g, 0.0016 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of anhydrous CH2CI2. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.035 mL, 0.0025 mol, 1.5 equiv.) followed by chlorovaleryl chloride (0.025 mL, 0.00019 mol, 1.2 equiv.) were then added. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 14 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(60:40 EtOAc/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction was diluted with CH2CI2, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give Compound xv (0.085 g) as a crude product.
Step 2:
In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xv (0.085 g, 0.00013 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry THF. To this solution, 60% NaH
(0.014 g, 0.0004 mol, 3.0 equiv.) was added, and reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (95/5 EtOAC/MeOH) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with a saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 2% MeOH/EtOAc to give Example 30 (0.025 g).
Preparation of Example 31 ~o H
0 N,= CF3 I N ='"~O ~ I CF3 Example 31 CI ~
NH2 0 H HN O H'N
N,. CF3 O N,= CF3 O N,= CF3 0~
CI ~ i i ~N c l ~ ~rHl NaH, '-' N ~
CF3 Et3N, CH2CI2, O ~ CF3 O ~ CF3 0OC- Rtemp i i Compound xvi Example 31 Example 21 Step 1:
In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.085 g, 0.00016 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 3 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.035 mL, 0.00025 mol, 1.5 equiv.) followed by 4-chlorobutyryl chloride ( 0.023 mL, 0.00018 mol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 14 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (95/5 EtOAC/MeOH) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give Compound xvi (0.075 g) as a crude product.
Step 2:
In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xvi (0.075 g, 0.00014 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry THF (1 mL). To this reaction mixture, 60% NaH (0.014 g, 0.00027 mol, 3.0 equiv.) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC (95/5 EtOAC/MeOH) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 2% MeOH/EtOAc to give Example 31 (0.025 g).
Preparation of Example 32 H HNI<
p N,. CF3 i I N O ~ I CF3 Example 32 H OMs H HN~
O~N,, CF3 H2N~ CsCO3, DMF O N,, CF3 i ~ 50 I O ~ I CF3 oC ''',O ~ I CF3 Compound xii Example 32 In a 10 mL sealed tube, Compound xii (0.075 g, 0.000126 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry DMF, and cyclopropyl amine (0.026 mL, 0.00038 mol, 3.0 equiv.) followed by CsCO3 (0.123 g, 0.00038 mol, 3.0 equiv.) was then added. The reaction mixture was heated to 50 C for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (100% EtOAc) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water.
The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 to give a crude product. Prep. TLC
purification was carried out using 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 32 (0.029 g).
Preparation of Example 33 H O Nr 0 N,, CF3 i I '''~~O ~ I CF3 Example 33 H OMs H O-N
O N,, CF3 O K. CF3 T i ~=N OH ~ i N'' O ~ I CF 60% NaH, CsF, DMF N=õ ~p ~ ~
11 3 0 oC- Rtemp 11 CF3 Compound xii Example 33 To a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask maintained at 0 C, dry DMF (1 mL) was added 60% NaH (0.021 g, 0.00054 mol, 4.0 equiv.), CsF
(0.082 g, 0.00054 mol, 4.0 equiv.) followed by acetoneoxime (0.02 g, 0.00027 mol, 2.0 equiv.). After 15 min., the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and was stirred for 1.5 h. Compound xii (0.08 g, 0.000134 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was then added to the reaction mixture, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (10% MeOH/EtOAc) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 5%
MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 33 (0.035 g).
Preparation of Example 34 s H
0 N,, CF3 I N '" O I CF3 Example 34 OMs H S
0 N&.OJLCF CF3 O N,, CF3 NasMeDM i Compound xii Example 34 In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xii (0.185 g, 0.00031 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in dry DMF (2 mL). To this mixture, sodium thiomethoxide (0.048 g, 0.000685 mol, 2.7 equiv.) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 50 C for 12 h. Purification was carried out using a BIOTAGE apparatus (30/70 EtOAc/Hexane to 60/40 EtOAc/Hexane), to give Example 34 (0.135g, 80% yield).
Preparation of Example 35 H zo O
Exampe 35 H S/ H OS O
O N,, CF3 O N, CF3 /
Oxone T
I N'''~O ~ I CF3 THF/H20 1:1 ==,,~0 ~ I CF
Example 34 Exampe 35 In a flame-dried 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 34 (0.077 g, 0.00014 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in THF/H20 (1:1, 1 mL each). Oxone (0.104 g, 0.00018 mol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, and monitored by TLC (60/40 EtOAc/hexane). Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with H20, and dried over Na2SO4 to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 5% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 35 (0.030 g).
Preparation of Example 36 H NH N
C
0 N,, &OJCF
Example 36 NHz H NH~t- N
p ~ / N,, CI
CF3 ~ND O ~0CF3 Example 21 Example 36 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 21 (0.185 g, 0.000366 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.325 mL, 0.000726 mol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by piperidine carbonyl chloride ( 0.055 mL, 0.00044 mol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/ Hexane to give Example 36 (0.090 g).
Preparation of Example 37 o rl~_O
H NHN,1 /
0 N,= CF3 i I N '' O ~ I CF3 Example 37 O ~OI
H NH~N./
O N NHz CF3 ~ ~--~ 0 N,= A i CI ~ ~ O ~ I CF3 Et3N, CHZCI2, ~O CF3 I i 0 C- Rtemp Example 21 Example 37 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 20 (0.06 g, 0.000116 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.101 mL, 0.000232 mol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by morpholine carbonyl chloride (0.016 mL, 0.00014 mol, 1.2 equiv) was then added to the reaction mixture, which was slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hrs. The reaction was monitored by TLC
(85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/ Hexane to give Example 37 (0.030 g).
Preparation of Example 38 NH'S-H
0 N-. O CF3 Example 38 H NH2 H NH"S-0 N,, CF3 O 0 N,, O CF3 i A~ CI ~N
O ~ I CF3 Et3N, CHzCl2, O CF3 I i 0OC- Rtemp I
Example 21 Example 38 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 20 (0.06 g, 0.000116 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.101 mL, 0.000232 mol, 2.0 equiv.) and methane sulfonyl chloride (0.011 mL, 0.00014 mol, 1.2 equiv) were then added, and the reaction mixture was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/hexane to give Example 38 (0.030 g).
Preparation of Example 39 T H H
p N,, CF3 i I N "'~~C ~ I CF3 Example 39 N
NCF3 CI I N/ 011 N, HN O CF3 p&.OJL
0OC- Rtemp 0 ~
Example 21 Example 39 In a 15 mL round-bottomed flask, Example 20 (0.06 g, 0.000116 mol, 1.0 equiv.) was taken up in 1 mL of CH2CI2, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. Et3N (0.101 mL, 0.000232 mol, 2.0 equiv.) followed by picolinonyl chloride ( 0.025 g, 0.00014 mol, 1.2 equiv) were then added to the reaction mixture, which was then slowly warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC (85/5/10 EtOAC/MeOH/hexane) and MS. Upon completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic layer was then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude product. Prep. TLC purification was carried out using 85/5/15 EtOAc/MeOH/hexane to give Example 39 (0.035 g).
Preparation of Example 40 ~i. OH
0 A N "ii0 CF3 Example 40 ~1) Dess-Martin O~'Ni.
''~i , ACF3 N 0 ~ ~ reagent ~ 'N CF3 2) MeMgBr Example 3a Example 40 To Example 3a (200 mg, 0.39 mmol) in 5 mL CH2CI2 was added Dess-Martin reagent (231 mg, 0.55 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with Et20 (20 mL), washed with a mixture of 2 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and 2 mL of saturated aqueous Na2S2O3, and the organic layer was dried and concentrated. Half of the resulting mixture (98 mg) was dissolved in 3 mL of THF, and was cooled to 0 C. This solution was treated with MeMgBr (3.0 M in Et20, 0.2 mL) at 0 C, then slowly warmed to 23 C, and stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with aqueous NH4CI and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexane) to give Example 40. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 531.1.
0 A N "ii0 CF3 Example 40 ~1) Dess-Martin O~'Ni.
''~i , ACF3 N 0 ~ ~ reagent ~ 'N CF3 2) MeMgBr Example 3a Example 40 To Example 3a (200 mg, 0.39 mmol) in 5 mL CH2CI2 was added Dess-Martin reagent (231 mg, 0.55 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with Et20 (20 mL), washed with a mixture of 2 mL of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and 2 mL of saturated aqueous Na2S2O3, and the organic layer was dried and concentrated. Half of the resulting mixture (98 mg) was dissolved in 3 mL of THF, and was cooled to 0 C. This solution was treated with MeMgBr (3.0 M in Et20, 0.2 mL) at 0 C, then slowly warmed to 23 C, and stirred for 2h. The reaction mixture was then quenched with aqueous NH4CI and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give a crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexane) to give Example 40. Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 531.1.
Preparation of Example 41 N,,. A
HN~0 CF3 Example 41 Step 1:
CO2Me NH2 NHCbzCF3 1) (2R,3R) EtDuPhos CFs CbzHN MeOH, H2, 60Psi 2(ON
2) PdHz, 60Ps3) MeOH, K2C03 5 Compound xvii Compound xviii N2 was bubbled through a solution of Compound xvii (i.e., Compound 24 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (3.7 g, 4.88 mmol) in 40 mL of anhydrous MeOH in a PARR shaker, for 15 min.
Then 1,2-bis((2R,5R)-2,5-diethylphospholano)benzene (cyclooctadiene)rhodium (I) trifluoromethanesulfonate (140 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 60 psi for 60 h.
The reaction mixture was then treated with Pd(OH)2/C (20% on carbon, 730 mg) and was hydrogenated at 40 psi for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE and washed twice with 10 mL of MeOH. The MeOH
solution was then heated at 60 C for 4 h, and concentrated to give Compound xviii (2.1 g, 93% yield).
HN~0 CF3 Example 41 Step 1:
CO2Me NH2 NHCbzCF3 1) (2R,3R) EtDuPhos CFs CbzHN MeOH, H2, 60Psi 2(ON
2) PdHz, 60Ps3) MeOH, K2C03 5 Compound xvii Compound xviii N2 was bubbled through a solution of Compound xvii (i.e., Compound 24 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (3.7 g, 4.88 mmol) in 40 mL of anhydrous MeOH in a PARR shaker, for 15 min.
Then 1,2-bis((2R,5R)-2,5-diethylphospholano)benzene (cyclooctadiene)rhodium (I) trifluoromethanesulfonate (140 mg, 0.20 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 60 psi for 60 h.
The reaction mixture was then treated with Pd(OH)2/C (20% on carbon, 730 mg) and was hydrogenated at 40 psi for 16 h. The mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE and washed twice with 10 mL of MeOH. The MeOH
solution was then heated at 60 C for 4 h, and concentrated to give Compound xviii (2.1 g, 93% yield).
Step 2:
N H2 CF3 NHBoc A O 1) IAH, AiC13 HN
I 2) K, Na tartrate (aq.) O CF3 3) Boc20 ~ CF3 Compound xviii Compound xix A flame-dried flask containing AIC13 (450 mg, 0.337 mmol) was cooled to 0 C, and then a LiAIH4 solution (1.0 M in Et2O, 9.77 mL, 9.77mmol) was added, dropwise. The suspension was stirred at 0 C for 30 min, and then cooled to -78 C. A solution of Compound xviii (1.0 g, 2.17 mmol) in dry THF
(30 mL) was added via a cannula. The solution was then stirred at -78 C for I
h, and was then allowed to warm up to 23 C and stirred for additional 1 h.
The reaction mixture was again cooled to 0 C, then 15 mL of aqueous K,Na tartrate solution was added, dropwise. The solution was stirred at 23 C for 2 h, then Boc anhydride (947 mg, 4.34 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 20 mL of EtOAc, three times. The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated, and the resulting residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography (20%-60%
EtOAc/hexane) to give Compound xix (914 mg, 77% yield), Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 547.1.
N H2 CF3 NHBoc A O 1) IAH, AiC13 HN
I 2) K, Na tartrate (aq.) O CF3 3) Boc20 ~ CF3 Compound xviii Compound xix A flame-dried flask containing AIC13 (450 mg, 0.337 mmol) was cooled to 0 C, and then a LiAIH4 solution (1.0 M in Et2O, 9.77 mL, 9.77mmol) was added, dropwise. The suspension was stirred at 0 C for 30 min, and then cooled to -78 C. A solution of Compound xviii (1.0 g, 2.17 mmol) in dry THF
(30 mL) was added via a cannula. The solution was then stirred at -78 C for I
h, and was then allowed to warm up to 23 C and stirred for additional 1 h.
The reaction mixture was again cooled to 0 C, then 15 mL of aqueous K,Na tartrate solution was added, dropwise. The solution was stirred at 23 C for 2 h, then Boc anhydride (947 mg, 4.34 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 20 mL of EtOAc, three times. The combined organic layers were dried and concentrated, and the resulting residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography (20%-60%
EtOAc/hexane) to give Compound xix (914 mg, 77% yield), Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 547.1.
Step 3:
NHBoc CF NHBoc CF
3 1) NaNO2, HOAc 3 HN ~O ~ i 2) LAH HZN-N., _ O ~ I
\ /
Compound xix Compound xx To a solution of Compound xix (245 mg, 0.448 mmol) in THF (2 mL), was added NaNO2 (37 mg, 0.538 mmol) in I mL water, followed by the addition of HOAc (39 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h, then NaNO2 (14 mg) and HOAc (15 iaL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then another portion of NaNO2 (14 mg) and HOAc (15 pL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 1 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with Et20, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried, and concentrated. The resulting residue was dissolved in THF (2 mL) cooled to 0 C and an LAH solution (1.0 M in Et20, 0.92 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 4 h at 23 C. The reaction was further treated with an LAH solution (1.0 M in Et20, 0.92 mL) and stirred at 23 C for 16 h. The reaction was diluted with 20 mL Et20, quenched with Na, K tartrate (saturated aq.), and stirred for 1 h. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography on a silica gel column (EtOAc/Hexane = 2/1) to give Compound xx (180 mg, 71 lo yield), Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 562.1.
NHBoc CF NHBoc CF
3 1) NaNO2, HOAc 3 HN ~O ~ i 2) LAH HZN-N., _ O ~ I
\ /
Compound xix Compound xx To a solution of Compound xix (245 mg, 0.448 mmol) in THF (2 mL), was added NaNO2 (37 mg, 0.538 mmol) in I mL water, followed by the addition of HOAc (39 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h, then NaNO2 (14 mg) and HOAc (15 iaL) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. Then another portion of NaNO2 (14 mg) and HOAc (15 pL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 1 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with Et20, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine, dried, and concentrated. The resulting residue was dissolved in THF (2 mL) cooled to 0 C and an LAH solution (1.0 M in Et20, 0.92 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred for 4 h at 23 C. The reaction was further treated with an LAH solution (1.0 M in Et20, 0.92 mL) and stirred at 23 C for 16 h. The reaction was diluted with 20 mL Et20, quenched with Na, K tartrate (saturated aq.), and stirred for 1 h. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by chromatography on a silica gel column (EtOAc/Hexane = 2/1) to give Compound xx (180 mg, 71 lo yield), Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+ 562.1.
Step 4:
. CF3 NHBoc CF3 1) HCI p WH
i ~
H2N-N .,, ~O ~ ~ 2) (C13C0)ZCO HNN
\ /
Compound xx Example 41 To a solution of Compound xx (80 mg, 0.14 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL), was added HCI in dioxane (4 M, 1 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred at 23 C for 16 h. The solvent was then removed and the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (3 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 C and DIEA (78.4 pL, 0.45 mmol) was added followed by triphosgene (11 mg, 0.036 mmol).
After stirring for 5 min., the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 C
and stirred for an additional 2 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic layer was then dried and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified using Prep.
TLC (5% MeOH/CH2CI2) to give Example 41 (45 mg, 65% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 488.3.
Preparation of Compound of Example 42 N,, CF3 Example 42 Stepl:
CO2Et COZEt OzN FC wet basic alumina 02N,, F3C 02N J 3C
hexanes i HN 0 HN HN ~
~ CF3 COZEt CF3 O F~ CF3 Compound iv-a Compound xxi-a Compound xxi-b In a 100 mL round bottomed flask, Compound iv-a (1.0 g, 2.1 mmol) was taken up in 40 mL of hexanes. Wet basic alumina (10 wt% water) (10.0 g, 10 wt. equiv) was added, followed by ethyl acrylate (1.14 mL, 10.5 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was filtered to remove the alumina, washed with EtOAc (4 x 25 mL), and concentrated.
The crude mixture was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus (5%
EtOAc/hexanes) to give 0.535 g (45% yield) of Compound xxi-a (which was separated from Compound xxi-b).
Step 2:
CO2Et CO2Et 02N,, F3C HzN,, F3C
HN Zn AcOH HN ., O ~ ~
CF3 ' CF3 TFA
Compound xxi-a Compound xxii In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxi-a (0.2 g, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL acetic acid. I mL of TFA was then added, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C. Zn dust (0.227 g, 3.5 mmol, 10 equiv) was added, and the reaction was slowly allowed to warm to room temperature and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE
. CF3 NHBoc CF3 1) HCI p WH
i ~
H2N-N .,, ~O ~ ~ 2) (C13C0)ZCO HNN
\ /
Compound xx Example 41 To a solution of Compound xx (80 mg, 0.14 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL), was added HCI in dioxane (4 M, 1 mL), and the resulting mixture was stirred at 23 C for 16 h. The solvent was then removed and the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (3 mL). The solution was cooled to 0 C and DIEA (78.4 pL, 0.45 mmol) was added followed by triphosgene (11 mg, 0.036 mmol).
After stirring for 5 min., the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 23 C
and stirred for an additional 2 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic layer was then dried and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified using Prep.
TLC (5% MeOH/CH2CI2) to give Example 41 (45 mg, 65% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 488.3.
Preparation of Compound of Example 42 N,, CF3 Example 42 Stepl:
CO2Et COZEt OzN FC wet basic alumina 02N,, F3C 02N J 3C
hexanes i HN 0 HN HN ~
~ CF3 COZEt CF3 O F~ CF3 Compound iv-a Compound xxi-a Compound xxi-b In a 100 mL round bottomed flask, Compound iv-a (1.0 g, 2.1 mmol) was taken up in 40 mL of hexanes. Wet basic alumina (10 wt% water) (10.0 g, 10 wt. equiv) was added, followed by ethyl acrylate (1.14 mL, 10.5 mmol, 5 equiv). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was filtered to remove the alumina, washed with EtOAc (4 x 25 mL), and concentrated.
The crude mixture was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus (5%
EtOAc/hexanes) to give 0.535 g (45% yield) of Compound xxi-a (which was separated from Compound xxi-b).
Step 2:
CO2Et CO2Et 02N,, F3C HzN,, F3C
HN Zn AcOH HN ., O ~ ~
CF3 ' CF3 TFA
Compound xxi-a Compound xxii In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxi-a (0.2 g, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL acetic acid. I mL of TFA was then added, and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 C. Zn dust (0.227 g, 3.5 mmol, 10 equiv) was added, and the reaction was slowly allowed to warm to room temperature and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE
and diluted with CH2CI2 (25 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and the crude Compound xxii was used without any further purification.
Step 3:
CO2Et 0 HzN,, F3C M.
I 1. glyoxal, NaBH3CN N i I
HN CF CF
3 2.1(2C03 3 Compound xxii Example 42 In a 25 mL round bottomed flask, Compound xxii (0.095 g, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of CH3OH. Glyoxal (40% in H20) (0.026 mL, 0.23 mmol, 1.3 equiv) was then added and the reaction stirred for 30 min, and then NaBH3CN (0.021 g, 0.34 mmol, 2 equiv) was added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 1 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with 2 mL of MeOH, and then K2CO3 (0.117 g, 0.85 mmol, 5 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to reflux overnight. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with H20, and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, concentrated and purified by Prep. TLC (4:1 EtOAc:hexanes) to give 0.021 g of Example 42. HRMS calcd. for C27H29N202F6 (M + H) 527.2133, found 527.2139.
Step 3:
CO2Et 0 HzN,, F3C M.
I 1. glyoxal, NaBH3CN N i I
HN CF CF
3 2.1(2C03 3 Compound xxii Example 42 In a 25 mL round bottomed flask, Compound xxii (0.095 g, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of CH3OH. Glyoxal (40% in H20) (0.026 mL, 0.23 mmol, 1.3 equiv) was then added and the reaction stirred for 30 min, and then NaBH3CN (0.021 g, 0.34 mmol, 2 equiv) was added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 1 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, diluted with 2 mL of MeOH, and then K2CO3 (0.117 g, 0.85 mmol, 5 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to reflux overnight. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was concentrated, diluted with H20, and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, concentrated and purified by Prep. TLC (4:1 EtOAc:hexanes) to give 0.021 g of Example 42. HRMS calcd. for C27H29N202F6 (M + H) 527.2133, found 527.2139.
Preparation of Example 43 N Hz o ACF3 N Example 43 Stepl:
F3Ci ~ ~
HO
~
/ M96r /
CbzN
11 O ~ CbzN .,, O F~ i CF3 Et2O CF3 Compound ix Compound xxiii In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with an argon balloon, was placed Compound ix (0.5 g, 0.86 mmol) in 5 mL of Et20. The solution was cooled to 0 C with an ice bath. Allylmagnesium bromide (0.95 mL, 0.95 mmol, 1.1 equiv, 1 M solution in Et20) was added, and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 h. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give 0.53 g of crude Compound xxiii. The crude Compound xxiii was used without further purification in the next step.
Step 2:
OH
/ / I
CbzN ~o ~ I CF BH3.THF CbzN _O ~ CF
NaOH, H202 THF
Compound xxiii Compound xxiv In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxiii (0.51 g, 0.82 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of THF and cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. BH3=THF
complex (1.0 M in THF, 1.64 mL, 1.64 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 3 h, at which time 2 N NaOH (1.23 mL, 2.46 mmol, 3 equiv) was rapidly introduced followed by H202 (30 wt%, 0.29 g, 2.54 mmol, 3.1 equiv). Stirring was maintained at 0 C for an additional hour.
After the reaction was complete, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (20% EtOAc/hexanes to 100% EtOAc) to give 0.18 g of Compound xxiv.
Step 3:
OH OH
HO F3C H2, Pd(OH)Z HO F3CCF
i CF /I
O ~
CbzN ~ I MeOH HN _ _ 3 3 Compound xxiv Compound xxv In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxiv (0.18 g, 0.28 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL MeOH. The reaction vessel was flushed with nitrogen, and then Pd(OH)2 (0.016 g, 0.11 mmol, 40 wt%) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature using a hydrogen-filled balloon. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE after 40 min of reaction and concentrated to give crude Compound xxv, which was used in the next step without any further purification.
F3Ci ~ ~
HO
~
/ M96r /
CbzN
11 O ~ CbzN .,, O F~ i CF3 Et2O CF3 Compound ix Compound xxiii In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask equipped with an argon balloon, was placed Compound ix (0.5 g, 0.86 mmol) in 5 mL of Et20. The solution was cooled to 0 C with an ice bath. Allylmagnesium bromide (0.95 mL, 0.95 mmol, 1.1 equiv, 1 M solution in Et20) was added, and the reaction was stirred at 0 C for 2 h. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give 0.53 g of crude Compound xxiii. The crude Compound xxiii was used without further purification in the next step.
Step 2:
OH
/ / I
CbzN ~o ~ I CF BH3.THF CbzN _O ~ CF
NaOH, H202 THF
Compound xxiii Compound xxiv In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxiii (0.51 g, 0.82 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of THF and cooled to 0 C in an ice bath. BH3=THF
complex (1.0 M in THF, 1.64 mL, 1.64 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 3 h, at which time 2 N NaOH (1.23 mL, 2.46 mmol, 3 equiv) was rapidly introduced followed by H202 (30 wt%, 0.29 g, 2.54 mmol, 3.1 equiv). Stirring was maintained at 0 C for an additional hour.
After the reaction was complete, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus (20% EtOAc/hexanes to 100% EtOAc) to give 0.18 g of Compound xxiv.
Step 3:
OH OH
HO F3C H2, Pd(OH)Z HO F3CCF
i CF /I
O ~
CbzN ~ I MeOH HN _ _ 3 3 Compound xxiv Compound xxv In a 25 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxiv (0.18 g, 0.28 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL MeOH. The reaction vessel was flushed with nitrogen, and then Pd(OH)2 (0.016 g, 0.11 mmol, 40 wt%) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature using a hydrogen-filled balloon. The reaction mixture was filtered through CELITE after 40 min of reaction and concentrated to give crude Compound xxv, which was used in the next step without any further purification.
Step 4:
OH
HO F3C OH A MsCI, Et3N HN _O CF3 CHaC12 N ,,O CF
3 Compound xxv Compound xxvi In a 10 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxv (0.07 g, 0.138 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of CH2CI2 and I mL of Et3N. The solution was cooled to 0 C, followed by the addition of MsCl (0.012 mL, 0.152 mmol, 1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and extracted with CH2CI2 (10 mL). The organic layer was isolated, dried over MgSO4, concentrated, and purified by Prep. TLC to give 0.020 g of Compound xxvi.
Step 5:
OH A 0-~( H CF3 N Trimethylsilyl isocyanate N O ~ ~
CF ,~ CF3 DCE
Compound xxvi Example 43 In a 10 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxvi was taken up in 2 mL of DCE. TMS isocyanate (0.112 mL, 0.84 mmol, 20 equiv) was then added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 C, overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO3, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL).
The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The resulting crude mixture was purified by Prep.TLC to give 0.007 g of Example 43. HRMS calcd. for C26H29N203F6 (M + H) 531.2082, found 531.2080.
Preparation of Compound of Example 44 N
Example 44 Step1:
02N 1. acrolein, K2C03 NO2 CF3 MeOH, r.t. CF3 2. p-TsOH, Tol, 80 C C ~
HN =,,,i0 ~ i CF N="~O \ I CF3 Mixture of Compounds iv-a and iv-b Compound xxvii To a solution of nitropiperidine Compounds iv-a and iv-b (1.0 g, 2.1 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) maintained at room temperature, acrolein (0.31 mL, 4.2 mmol) was added, followed by a catalytic amount of potassium carbonate. After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the mixture was quenched with a saturated ammonium chloride solution and then ethyl acetate was added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (two times). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum too give a yellow oil. The yellow oil was then dissolved in toluene (50 mL) and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid was added.
The mixture was heated at 80 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. Excess triethylamine was then added, and the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of silica and eluted with ethyl acetate. The solvents in the filtrate were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography (silica column, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 9:1 (v/v)) to give enamine Compound xxvii (540 mg, 50% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 2:
CFs NH2 CF3 ~ Pd/C, Raney Ni '''/O ~ I CFg EtOH, H2 (50psi) N O i _ '' / CF3 --=
Compound xxvii Example 44 A solution of enamine Compound xxvii (100 mg, 0.19 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was hydrogenated at 50 psi with a catalytic amount of Pd/C
and a catalytic amount of Raney Nickel, overnight. The catalyst was then removed by filtration through a pad of CELITE. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give diamine Example 44 (92 mg, 100% yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS [M+1]+=487.
Preparation of Example 45 HNA
CN ~ ~
=, ~O ~ CF3 Example 45 Q_CF3 0 NH2 CFs NAcZ HN A (N EtOH, reflux ~O C
Example 44 Example 45 To a solution of diamine Example 44 (92 mg, 0.19 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL), trifluorodiacetylaniline was added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the solvents were removed under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give acetate Example 45 (80 mg, 80% yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS [M+1]+=529.
Preparation of Example 46 H
O-~ N.N
NJ
~N / ~
= O ~ CF3 Example 46 H
1= EtON.NHCO2Et O~N'N
NH2 CF3 (Compound xxviii) N~
1.1 CF3 CN ~ i EtOH, reflux N ~ ~
O ~ CF3 '=~~"0 ~ CF3 2. NaOMe, MeOH
Example 44 Example 46 To a solution of diamine Example 46 (92 mg, 0.19 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL), ester Compound xxviii (85 mg, 0.53 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. Sodium methoxide (1 mL, 30% in methanol) was added, and the mixture was again heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution, and ethyl acetate was added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give triazolone Example 46 (68 mg, 65% yield) as a white solid. Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+=555.
Preparation of Example 47 z / ~
O ~ CF3 Example 47 O
NH2 CF3 TMS-isocyanate HN4 NH CF3 dichloroethane z (N =,, O ~ i 800C (N O ~ I
\ /
Example 44 Example 47 To a solution of diamine Example 44 (40 mg, 0.082 mmol) in dichloroethane (1 mL), trimethylsilylisocyanate (0.13 mL, 0.82 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 80 C overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate was then added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give urea Example 47 (37 mg, 85% yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+=530.
OH
HO F3C OH A MsCI, Et3N HN _O CF3 CHaC12 N ,,O CF
3 Compound xxv Compound xxvi In a 10 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxv (0.07 g, 0.138 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of CH2CI2 and I mL of Et3N. The solution was cooled to 0 C, followed by the addition of MsCl (0.012 mL, 0.152 mmol, 1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and extracted with CH2CI2 (10 mL). The organic layer was isolated, dried over MgSO4, concentrated, and purified by Prep. TLC to give 0.020 g of Compound xxvi.
Step 5:
OH A 0-~( H CF3 N Trimethylsilyl isocyanate N O ~ ~
CF ,~ CF3 DCE
Compound xxvi Example 43 In a 10 mL round-bottomed flask, Compound xxvi was taken up in 2 mL of DCE. TMS isocyanate (0.112 mL, 0.84 mmol, 20 equiv) was then added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 80 C, overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO3, diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL).
The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. The resulting crude mixture was purified by Prep.TLC to give 0.007 g of Example 43. HRMS calcd. for C26H29N203F6 (M + H) 531.2082, found 531.2080.
Preparation of Compound of Example 44 N
Example 44 Step1:
02N 1. acrolein, K2C03 NO2 CF3 MeOH, r.t. CF3 2. p-TsOH, Tol, 80 C C ~
HN =,,,i0 ~ i CF N="~O \ I CF3 Mixture of Compounds iv-a and iv-b Compound xxvii To a solution of nitropiperidine Compounds iv-a and iv-b (1.0 g, 2.1 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) maintained at room temperature, acrolein (0.31 mL, 4.2 mmol) was added, followed by a catalytic amount of potassium carbonate. After being stirred at room temperature overnight, the mixture was quenched with a saturated ammonium chloride solution and then ethyl acetate was added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (two times). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum too give a yellow oil. The yellow oil was then dissolved in toluene (50 mL) and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid was added.
The mixture was heated at 80 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. Excess triethylamine was then added, and the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of silica and eluted with ethyl acetate. The solvents in the filtrate were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography (silica column, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 9:1 (v/v)) to give enamine Compound xxvii (540 mg, 50% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 2:
CFs NH2 CF3 ~ Pd/C, Raney Ni '''/O ~ I CFg EtOH, H2 (50psi) N O i _ '' / CF3 --=
Compound xxvii Example 44 A solution of enamine Compound xxvii (100 mg, 0.19 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was hydrogenated at 50 psi with a catalytic amount of Pd/C
and a catalytic amount of Raney Nickel, overnight. The catalyst was then removed by filtration through a pad of CELITE. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give diamine Example 44 (92 mg, 100% yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS [M+1]+=487.
Preparation of Example 45 HNA
CN ~ ~
=, ~O ~ CF3 Example 45 Q_CF3 0 NH2 CFs NAcZ HN A (N EtOH, reflux ~O C
Example 44 Example 45 To a solution of diamine Example 44 (92 mg, 0.19 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL), trifluorodiacetylaniline was added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the solvents were removed under vacuum, and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give acetate Example 45 (80 mg, 80% yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS [M+1]+=529.
Preparation of Example 46 H
O-~ N.N
NJ
~N / ~
= O ~ CF3 Example 46 H
1= EtON.NHCO2Et O~N'N
NH2 CF3 (Compound xxviii) N~
1.1 CF3 CN ~ i EtOH, reflux N ~ ~
O ~ CF3 '=~~"0 ~ CF3 2. NaOMe, MeOH
Example 44 Example 46 To a solution of diamine Example 46 (92 mg, 0.19 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL), ester Compound xxviii (85 mg, 0.53 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. Sodium methoxide (1 mL, 30% in methanol) was added, and the mixture was again heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution, and ethyl acetate was added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give triazolone Example 46 (68 mg, 65% yield) as a white solid. Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+=555.
Preparation of Example 47 z / ~
O ~ CF3 Example 47 O
NH2 CF3 TMS-isocyanate HN4 NH CF3 dichloroethane z (N =,, O ~ i 800C (N O ~ I
\ /
Example 44 Example 47 To a solution of diamine Example 44 (40 mg, 0.082 mmol) in dichloroethane (1 mL), trimethylsilylisocyanate (0.13 mL, 0.82 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 80 C overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and ethyl acetate was then added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgS04) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give urea Example 47 (37 mg, 85% yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+=530.
Preparation of Examples 48a and 48b OH ~OH
0,..
/
N'=,i0 ~ I CF3 N'=,i0 ~ I CF3 Example 48a Example 48b Step 1:
O 1. Ethylvinyl ether 0 CF3 t-BuLi, THF, -78 C HO CF3 CbzN 2= aq. HCI in THF CbzN / i =oi0 ~ CF3 ==i0 ~ CF3 Compound ix Compound xxix To a solution of ethylvinyl ether (1.74 mL, 0.018 mol) in THF (50 mL) cooled to -78 C with a cooling bath, t-butyllithium (4.6 mL, 0.0078 mol) was added. The cooling bath was then removed and the reaction mixture 'temperature was raised to -10 C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at -10 C until the yellow color disappeared. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -78 C and ketone Compound ix (1.5 g, 0.0026 mol) in THF (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 C for 1 h before it was quenched with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. Ethyl acetate was then added to the reaction mixture, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The yellow oil was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and hydrochloric acid (10 mL, 10% in water) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. Ethyl acetate was then added and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, dichloromethane-methanol, 99:1 (v/v)) to give alcohol Compound xxix (810 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow oil.
Step 2:
Pd(OH)2, MeOH CF
HO CF3 H2 (45psi) HO 3 / CF3 - ~
CbzN =.,,i0 ~ I HN i0 ~ i CF3 Compound xxix Compound xxx A solution of alcohol Compound xxix (751 mg, 1.2 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was hydrogenated overnight using a hydrogen-filled balloon and a catalytic amount of Pd/C. The catalyst was then removed by filtration of the reaction mixture through a pad of CELITE. Solvents were removed under vacuum to give piperidine Compound xxx as a yellow oil (587 mg, 100%
yield).
Step 3:
HO A (OHCCOZEt),,, HOAc HO CF3 NaCNBH3, r.t. Et02C /
HN ==,,0 CF3 ~ N i i0 ~ CF3 Compound xxx' Compound xxxi To a solution of piperidine Compound xxx (410 mg, 0.84 mmol) and ethyl glyoxalate (0.83 mL, 4.19 mmol, 40-50% in toluene) in acetic acid (20 mL) at room temperature, sodium cyanoborohydride (792 mg, 12.6 mmol) was added in small portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give diol Compound xxxi (363 mg, 75% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 4:
OH OH
HO CF3 1. LiOH, THF-H2O, r.t. O O CF3 EtO2 / v 2. p-TsOH, Toluene, reflux /
0 ~ i CF3 'oi0 ~ I CF3 Compound xxxi Examples 48a & 48b To a solution of diol Compound xxxi (363 mg, 0.63 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at room temperature, lithium hydroxide (76 mg, 3.15 mmol) in water (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was quenched with citric acid (10% in water). Ethyl acetate was then added and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in toluene and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid was added. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added and the reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic and aqueous layers were then separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 4:1 (v/v)) to give less polar lactones, Example 48a (74 mg, 22%) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS [M+1]+=532. Continuous elution with the same solvents system gave more polar lactones, Example 48b (67 mg, 20%) also as colorless oil.
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+=532.
Preparation of Example 49 OH
O On, CF3 /
N ,~,i0 ~ I CF3 Example 49 Step 1:
O CF3 Ph3PCH3Br CF3 KHMDS, Toluene CbzN 0 C to r.t. CbzN / ~
CF3 .,, O ~ CF3 Compound ix Compound xxxii To a solution of inethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1.85 g, 5.18 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) maintained at 0 C with a cooling bath under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (10.4 mL, 5.18 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 1 h and a solution of ketone Compound ix (1.0 g, 1.72 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was added. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature before it was quenched with a saturated aqueous ammonium chioride solution. Ethyl acetate was added, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 19:1 (v/v)) to give alkene Compound xxxii (1.0 g, 100% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 2:
OH
CF K2OsO4.2H2O HO CF3 / acetone-water CbzN O ~ I CbzN =,,,/O ~ I CF3 Compound xxxii Compound xxxiii A mixture of alkene Compound xxxii (1.0 g, 1.73 mmol), 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (304 mg, 2.6 mmol) and potassium osmate dihydrate (96 mg, 0.26 mmol) in an acetone (20 mL)/water (10 mL) mixture were stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfite solution and ethyl acetate were then added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 1:1 (v/v)) to give diol Compound xxxiii (782 mg, 74% yield) as a yellow oil.
Step 3:
OH - 1. Pd(OH)2, MeOH OH
HO CF3 H2 (45psi) HO CF3 / 2. (OHCC02Et)n, HOAc EtO2C /
CbzN O ~ ~ NaCNBH3, r.t. N O ~ I
CF3 = e/ CF3 Compound xxxiii Compound xxxv A solution of diol Compound xxxiii (715 mg, 1.17 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was hydrogenated (45 psi hydrogen) in the presence of a catalytic amount of Pd(OH)2/C (62 mg, 0.12 mmol) for 2 h. The catalyst was then removed by filtration of the reaction mixture through a pad of CELITE. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a crude piperidine Compound xxxiv as a colorless oil. To a solution of the crude piperidine Compound xxxiv and ethyl glyoxalate (0.5 mL, 2.34 mmol, 40-50% in toluene) in acetic acid (10 mL) at room temperature, sodium cyanoborohydride (368 mg, 5.58 mmol) was added in small portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvents were then removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give ester Compound xxxv (428 mg, 65% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 4:
OH OH
HO CF3 1. LiOH, THF-H2O, r.t. O O. CF3 Et02 ~ / 2. p-TsOH, Toluene, reflux /
0 ~ i CF3 N=~.i0 ~ I CF3 Compound xxxv Example 49 To a solution of ester Compound xxxv (400 mg, 0.71 mmol) in THF
(10 mL)/MeOH (10 mL) at room temperature, lithium hydroxide (1.42 mL, 1.42 mmol, 1 M in water) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h before it was quenched with citric acid (10% in water).
Ethyl acetate was then added and the organic and aqueous iayers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in toluene and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid was added. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexan6s-ethyl acetate, 4:1 (v/v)) to give lactone Example 49 (152 mg, 41 % yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+=518.
Preparation of Example 50 CN
i =., ~
N O ~ ~
Example 50 (racemic mixture) Stepl:
TosMIC/ICOtBu, CbzN
CbzN CF3 DME/EtOH, o C to r.t. _ ~O ~ CF3 Compound ix Compound xxxvi KOtBu powder (0.93 g, 8.28 mmol) was added portionwise within 5 minutes to a solution of Compound ix and TosMIC (0.88 g, 4.48 mmol) in DME (12.0 mL) and EtOH (0.33 mL) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes before it was heated at 40 C for another 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and filtered through a sintered funnel. The residue was washed with ether (3x50 mL), and the combined ether phases were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 6/1) to give Compound xxxvi (0.5 g, 24%
yield).
Step 2:
/
NC A
allyl bromide/LiHMDS CbzN O CF3 THF, -78 C to r.t. CbzN
Compound xxxvi Compound xxxvii LiHMDS (1.38 mL, 1.38 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Compound xxxvi (0.65 g, 1.10 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes before allyl bromide (0.286 mL, 3.31 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h before it was slowly brought to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of an aqueous NH4CI solution (15 mL) and was then diluted with the addition of EtOAc (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3x15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgS04. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE
apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 7/1) to give Compound xxxvii (0.34 g, 49% yield, diastereomer ratio 6/1).
Step 3:
0,..
/
N'=,i0 ~ I CF3 N'=,i0 ~ I CF3 Example 48a Example 48b Step 1:
O 1. Ethylvinyl ether 0 CF3 t-BuLi, THF, -78 C HO CF3 CbzN 2= aq. HCI in THF CbzN / i =oi0 ~ CF3 ==i0 ~ CF3 Compound ix Compound xxix To a solution of ethylvinyl ether (1.74 mL, 0.018 mol) in THF (50 mL) cooled to -78 C with a cooling bath, t-butyllithium (4.6 mL, 0.0078 mol) was added. The cooling bath was then removed and the reaction mixture 'temperature was raised to -10 C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at -10 C until the yellow color disappeared. The reaction mixture was then cooled to -78 C and ketone Compound ix (1.5 g, 0.0026 mol) in THF (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at -78 C for 1 h before it was quenched with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. Ethyl acetate was then added to the reaction mixture, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The yellow oil was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and hydrochloric acid (10 mL, 10% in water) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was quenched with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. Ethyl acetate was then added and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, dichloromethane-methanol, 99:1 (v/v)) to give alcohol Compound xxix (810 mg, 50% yield) as a yellow oil.
Step 2:
Pd(OH)2, MeOH CF
HO CF3 H2 (45psi) HO 3 / CF3 - ~
CbzN =.,,i0 ~ I HN i0 ~ i CF3 Compound xxix Compound xxx A solution of alcohol Compound xxix (751 mg, 1.2 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was hydrogenated overnight using a hydrogen-filled balloon and a catalytic amount of Pd/C. The catalyst was then removed by filtration of the reaction mixture through a pad of CELITE. Solvents were removed under vacuum to give piperidine Compound xxx as a yellow oil (587 mg, 100%
yield).
Step 3:
HO A (OHCCOZEt),,, HOAc HO CF3 NaCNBH3, r.t. Et02C /
HN ==,,0 CF3 ~ N i i0 ~ CF3 Compound xxx' Compound xxxi To a solution of piperidine Compound xxx (410 mg, 0.84 mmol) and ethyl glyoxalate (0.83 mL, 4.19 mmol, 40-50% in toluene) in acetic acid (20 mL) at room temperature, sodium cyanoborohydride (792 mg, 12.6 mmol) was added in small portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give diol Compound xxxi (363 mg, 75% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 4:
OH OH
HO CF3 1. LiOH, THF-H2O, r.t. O O CF3 EtO2 / v 2. p-TsOH, Toluene, reflux /
0 ~ i CF3 'oi0 ~ I CF3 Compound xxxi Examples 48a & 48b To a solution of diol Compound xxxi (363 mg, 0.63 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at room temperature, lithium hydroxide (76 mg, 3.15 mmol) in water (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was quenched with citric acid (10% in water). Ethyl acetate was then added and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in toluene and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid was added. The resulting mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added and the reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic and aqueous layers were then separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 4:1 (v/v)) to give less polar lactones, Example 48a (74 mg, 22%) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS [M+1]+=532. Continuous elution with the same solvents system gave more polar lactones, Example 48b (67 mg, 20%) also as colorless oil.
Electrospray MS [M+1 ]+=532.
Preparation of Example 49 OH
O On, CF3 /
N ,~,i0 ~ I CF3 Example 49 Step 1:
O CF3 Ph3PCH3Br CF3 KHMDS, Toluene CbzN 0 C to r.t. CbzN / ~
CF3 .,, O ~ CF3 Compound ix Compound xxxii To a solution of inethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1.85 g, 5.18 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) maintained at 0 C with a cooling bath under a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (10.4 mL, 5.18 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 C for 1 h and a solution of ketone Compound ix (1.0 g, 1.72 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) was added. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature before it was quenched with a saturated aqueous ammonium chioride solution. Ethyl acetate was added, and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 19:1 (v/v)) to give alkene Compound xxxii (1.0 g, 100% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 2:
OH
CF K2OsO4.2H2O HO CF3 / acetone-water CbzN O ~ I CbzN =,,,/O ~ I CF3 Compound xxxii Compound xxxiii A mixture of alkene Compound xxxii (1.0 g, 1.73 mmol), 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (304 mg, 2.6 mmol) and potassium osmate dihydrate (96 mg, 0.26 mmol) in an acetone (20 mL)/water (10 mL) mixture were stirred at room temperature overnight. A saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfite solution and ethyl acetate were then added. The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexanes-ethyl acetate, 1:1 (v/v)) to give diol Compound xxxiii (782 mg, 74% yield) as a yellow oil.
Step 3:
OH - 1. Pd(OH)2, MeOH OH
HO CF3 H2 (45psi) HO CF3 / 2. (OHCC02Et)n, HOAc EtO2C /
CbzN O ~ ~ NaCNBH3, r.t. N O ~ I
CF3 = e/ CF3 Compound xxxiii Compound xxxv A solution of diol Compound xxxiii (715 mg, 1.17 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was hydrogenated (45 psi hydrogen) in the presence of a catalytic amount of Pd(OH)2/C (62 mg, 0.12 mmol) for 2 h. The catalyst was then removed by filtration of the reaction mixture through a pad of CELITE. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a crude piperidine Compound xxxiv as a colorless oil. To a solution of the crude piperidine Compound xxxiv and ethyl glyoxalate (0.5 mL, 2.34 mmol, 40-50% in toluene) in acetic acid (10 mL) at room temperature, sodium cyanoborohydride (368 mg, 5.58 mmol) was added in small portions. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvents were then removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, ethyl acetate) to give ester Compound xxxv (428 mg, 65% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 4:
OH OH
HO CF3 1. LiOH, THF-H2O, r.t. O O. CF3 Et02 ~ / 2. p-TsOH, Toluene, reflux /
0 ~ i CF3 N=~.i0 ~ I CF3 Compound xxxv Example 49 To a solution of ester Compound xxxv (400 mg, 0.71 mmol) in THF
(10 mL)/MeOH (10 mL) at room temperature, lithium hydroxide (1.42 mL, 1.42 mmol, 1 M in water) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h before it was quenched with citric acid (10% in water).
Ethyl acetate was then added and the organic and aqueous iayers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The oil was dissolved in toluene and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid was added. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic and aqueous layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvents were removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica, hexan6s-ethyl acetate, 4:1 (v/v)) to give lactone Example 49 (152 mg, 41 % yield) as a colorless oil. Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+=518.
Preparation of Example 50 CN
i =., ~
N O ~ ~
Example 50 (racemic mixture) Stepl:
TosMIC/ICOtBu, CbzN
CbzN CF3 DME/EtOH, o C to r.t. _ ~O ~ CF3 Compound ix Compound xxxvi KOtBu powder (0.93 g, 8.28 mmol) was added portionwise within 5 minutes to a solution of Compound ix and TosMIC (0.88 g, 4.48 mmol) in DME (12.0 mL) and EtOH (0.33 mL) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes before it was heated at 40 C for another 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and filtered through a sintered funnel. The residue was washed with ether (3x50 mL), and the combined ether phases were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 6/1) to give Compound xxxvi (0.5 g, 24%
yield).
Step 2:
/
NC A
allyl bromide/LiHMDS CbzN O CF3 THF, -78 C to r.t. CbzN
Compound xxxvi Compound xxxvii LiHMDS (1.38 mL, 1.38 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of Compound xxxvi (0.65 g, 1.10 mmol) in THF (7.5 mL) at -78 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 minutes before allyl bromide (0.286 mL, 3.31 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h before it was slowly brought to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of an aqueous NH4CI solution (15 mL) and was then diluted with the addition of EtOAc (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3x15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgS04. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE
apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 7/1) to give Compound xxxvii (0.34 g, 49% yield, diastereomer ratio 6/1).
Step 3:
BH3.MezS/THF, r.t.
CbzN .,,~0 CF CbzN ., O
_ 3 ~ CF3 ~ ~
Compound xxxvii Compound xxxviii BH3=Me2S (37.8 pL, 0.369 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of Compound xxxvii (0.155 g, 0.246 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for 6 h before it was cooled to 0 C and quenched by the careful addition of NaOH (0.75 mL, 2.0 M) followed by the addition of H202 (0.75 mL, 30%). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight, and then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and water (15 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v =
1/1) to give Compound xxxviii (0.052 g, 33%).
Step 4:
a. H2/Pd(OH)2/C
CbzN O ~ ~ b. PPh3/imidazole/I2 N., O , ~ I CF
_ CF3 - 3 ~ ~
Compound d xxxviii Example 50 (one isomer) Compound xxxviii (26.4 mg, 0.0407 mmol) in EtOH (2.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (10.5 mg, 10 wt%) and was hydrogenated using a H2 balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of Celite, and the residue was washed with EtOH
(15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was taken up in ether (1.0 mL) and CH3CN (0.5 mL). The resuiting solution was treated with PPh3 (20.8 mg, 0.0792 mmol), imidazole (8.1 mg, 0.119 mmol) and 12 (20.1 mg, 0.0792 mmol), successively, at 0 C.
After stirring for I h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and then NaHCO3 (10 mL) and NaZS2O3 solutions (5 mL) were added. The aqueous phase was then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude intermediate was dissolved in acetone (1.0 mL) and treated with K2CO3 (5 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 70 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature and filtered through a short pad of Celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 4/1) as the eluent to give a pure isomer Compound 50 (8 mg, 40% yield) and another minor isomer (2 mg, 10%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 497.1.
Preparation of Example 51 O
0W. CFs i .,, ~O ~ ~
Example 51 Stepl:
OH
O CF
H2N CF3 ethyl chloroacetate gN.,,, i I NaH/THF 3 CbzN . ~ ~
"O ~ CF3 C0 ~
\ / 20 Co mpound xiv-a Compound xxxix NaH (56.9 mg, 1.30 mmol, 55% in mineral oil) was added to a solution of Compound xlv-a (prepared as described in Step 2 of the procedure for preparing Examples 53a and 53b, below) (0.663 g, 1.09 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes before ethyl chloroacetate (0.128 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added. The reaction was quenched by the addition of an aqueous NH4CI solution (15 mL) and was then diluted with EtOAc (75 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/4) to give Compound xxxix (0.35 g, 49% yield).
Step 2:
HN
i BH3.MeZS/THF ~
CbzN CbzN
=õ~C ~ I CF3 ~ ., ~p CF
~ I CF
Compound xxxix Compound xl BH3=Me2S (0.151 mL, 1.48 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound xxxix (0.16 g, b.246 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux overnight before it was cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in MeOH (4.0 mL) and aqueous HCI
(8.0 mL, 2 N). The resulting mixture was heated at 90 C for 1.5 h before it was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and neutralized by the addition of NaOH (10 mL, 2 N). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with EtOAc/MeOH (v/v = 10/1) to give Compound xl (0.11 g, 70%).
Step 3:
HN O O
CF3 a. H2/Pd(OH)2/C NI CF3 ~ b. CICH2COCI/NEt3 O
i CbzN ., ~O ~ ~ N.., ~ ~
_ CF3 CF3 \ /
Compound xl Example 51 Compound xl (48.7 mg, 0.0766 mmol) in EtOH (3.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (24.3 mg, 10 wt lo), and was hydrogenated with a H2 balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was taken up in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) and treated with chloroacetyl chloride (7.3. L, 0.092 mmol) and NEt3 (25.6 L, 0.184 mmol) at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL).
The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude mixture was dissolved in CICH2CH2CI (1.5 mL) and treated with NEt3 (42.6 pL, 0.306 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 50 C
overnight. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/2) as the eluent, to give pure isomer Example 51 (17.5 mg, 42% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 543.1.
Preparation of Example 52a ~ I
~ ~ CF3 Example 52a Step 1:
HN CFs HN CF3 ~ BH3.Me2S/THF
HN .,, O ~ ~ HN
Compound xli Compound xlii BH3=Me2S (0.321 mL, 3.34 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound xii (i.e., a mixture of Examples 72a and 72b of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (0.209 g, 0.417 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux overnight before it was cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in MeOH (7.0 mL) and aqueous HCI (14.0 mL, 2 N). The resulting mixture was heated at 90 C for 1.5 h, and then cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and neutralized with NaOH (20 mL, 2N). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude Compound xiii was obtained in quantitative yield, and used without further purification.
CbzN .,,~0 CF CbzN ., O
_ 3 ~ CF3 ~ ~
Compound xxxvii Compound xxxviii BH3=Me2S (37.8 pL, 0.369 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of Compound xxxvii (0.155 g, 0.246 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for 6 h before it was cooled to 0 C and quenched by the careful addition of NaOH (0.75 mL, 2.0 M) followed by the addition of H202 (0.75 mL, 30%). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight, and then diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and water (15 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v =
1/1) to give Compound xxxviii (0.052 g, 33%).
Step 4:
a. H2/Pd(OH)2/C
CbzN O ~ ~ b. PPh3/imidazole/I2 N., O , ~ I CF
_ CF3 - 3 ~ ~
Compound d xxxviii Example 50 (one isomer) Compound xxxviii (26.4 mg, 0.0407 mmol) in EtOH (2.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (10.5 mg, 10 wt%) and was hydrogenated using a H2 balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of Celite, and the residue was washed with EtOH
(15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was taken up in ether (1.0 mL) and CH3CN (0.5 mL). The resuiting solution was treated with PPh3 (20.8 mg, 0.0792 mmol), imidazole (8.1 mg, 0.119 mmol) and 12 (20.1 mg, 0.0792 mmol), successively, at 0 C.
After stirring for I h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), and then NaHCO3 (10 mL) and NaZS2O3 solutions (5 mL) were added. The aqueous phase was then extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude intermediate was dissolved in acetone (1.0 mL) and treated with K2CO3 (5 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred and heated at 70 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature and filtered through a short pad of Celite. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 4/1) as the eluent to give a pure isomer Compound 50 (8 mg, 40% yield) and another minor isomer (2 mg, 10%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 497.1.
Preparation of Example 51 O
0W. CFs i .,, ~O ~ ~
Example 51 Stepl:
OH
O CF
H2N CF3 ethyl chloroacetate gN.,,, i I NaH/THF 3 CbzN . ~ ~
"O ~ CF3 C0 ~
\ / 20 Co mpound xiv-a Compound xxxix NaH (56.9 mg, 1.30 mmol, 55% in mineral oil) was added to a solution of Compound xlv-a (prepared as described in Step 2 of the procedure for preparing Examples 53a and 53b, below) (0.663 g, 1.09 mmol) in THF (5.0 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes before ethyl chloroacetate (0.128 mL, 1.2 mmol) was added. The reaction was quenched by the addition of an aqueous NH4CI solution (15 mL) and was then diluted with EtOAc (75 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/4) to give Compound xxxix (0.35 g, 49% yield).
Step 2:
HN
i BH3.MeZS/THF ~
CbzN CbzN
=õ~C ~ I CF3 ~ ., ~p CF
~ I CF
Compound xxxix Compound xl BH3=Me2S (0.151 mL, 1.48 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound xxxix (0.16 g, b.246 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux overnight before it was cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in MeOH (4.0 mL) and aqueous HCI
(8.0 mL, 2 N). The resulting mixture was heated at 90 C for 1.5 h before it was cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), and neutralized by the addition of NaOH (10 mL, 2 N). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with EtOAc/MeOH (v/v = 10/1) to give Compound xl (0.11 g, 70%).
Step 3:
HN O O
CF3 a. H2/Pd(OH)2/C NI CF3 ~ b. CICH2COCI/NEt3 O
i CbzN ., ~O ~ ~ N.., ~ ~
_ CF3 CF3 \ /
Compound xl Example 51 Compound xl (48.7 mg, 0.0766 mmol) in EtOH (3.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (24.3 mg, 10 wt lo), and was hydrogenated with a H2 balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was taken up in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) and treated with chloroacetyl chloride (7.3. L, 0.092 mmol) and NEt3 (25.6 L, 0.184 mmol) at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL).
The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude mixture was dissolved in CICH2CH2CI (1.5 mL) and treated with NEt3 (42.6 pL, 0.306 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 50 C
overnight. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/2) as the eluent, to give pure isomer Example 51 (17.5 mg, 42% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 543.1.
Preparation of Example 52a ~ I
~ ~ CF3 Example 52a Step 1:
HN CFs HN CF3 ~ BH3.Me2S/THF
HN .,, O ~ ~ HN
Compound xli Compound xlii BH3=Me2S (0.321 mL, 3.34 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound xii (i.e., a mixture of Examples 72a and 72b of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (0.209 g, 0.417 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then heated under reflux overnight before it was cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken up in MeOH (7.0 mL) and aqueous HCI (14.0 mL, 2 N). The resulting mixture was heated at 90 C for 1.5 h, and then cooled to room temperature, diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and neutralized with NaOH (20 mL, 2N). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude Compound xiii was obtained in quantitative yield, and used without further purification.
Step 2:
HN CF3 C~N, CF3 C~N~ CICH2COCI/NEt3 HN .,, ~p ~ ~ --w CI ~ ~ + CI CF3 HN ,~0 ~ H_ CFs Compound xlii Com ound xliiia p Compound xliii-b A solution of Compound xlii (0.203 g, 0.417 mmol) in CH2CI2 (3.0 mL) was treated with chloroacetyl chloride (7.3 L, 0.092 mmol) and NEt3 (25.6 L, 0.184 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 9/1 to 1/3 gradient) to give separable isomers Compound xiiii-a (80 mg, 34%) and Compound xiiii-b (45 mg, 19%).
Step 3:
~N, = CF3 C N CF3 CI i Nal/iPrZNEt I~
HN =,,,~C ~ I CF3 NC ~ I CF3 Compound xiiii-a Example 52a A solution of Compound xiiii-a (10.9 mg, 0.019 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was treated with Nal (2.9 mg, 0.019 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (5.1 L, 0.0291 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/6) as the eluent, to give Example 52a (7.5 mg, 73%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 527.1.
Preparation of Compound of Example 52b oN
i N .,, p ~ I CF3 \ /
Example 52b Step 1:
O~N~ CF3 C N CF3 cl /
HN Nal/iPr2NEt N 'O ~ ~
CF3 ~ CF3 Compound xliii-b Example 52b A solution of Compound xii-b (24.2 mg, 0.043 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was treated with Nal (6.4 mg, 0.043 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (11.3 L, 0.0646 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/6) as the eluent, to give Example 52b (11.0 mg, 49% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 527.1.
HN CF3 C~N, CF3 C~N~ CICH2COCI/NEt3 HN .,, ~p ~ ~ --w CI ~ ~ + CI CF3 HN ,~0 ~ H_ CFs Compound xlii Com ound xliiia p Compound xliii-b A solution of Compound xlii (0.203 g, 0.417 mmol) in CH2CI2 (3.0 mL) was treated with chloroacetyl chloride (7.3 L, 0.092 mmol) and NEt3 (25.6 L, 0.184 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 9/1 to 1/3 gradient) to give separable isomers Compound xiiii-a (80 mg, 34%) and Compound xiiii-b (45 mg, 19%).
Step 3:
~N, = CF3 C N CF3 CI i Nal/iPrZNEt I~
HN =,,,~C ~ I CF3 NC ~ I CF3 Compound xiiii-a Example 52a A solution of Compound xiiii-a (10.9 mg, 0.019 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was treated with Nal (2.9 mg, 0.019 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (5.1 L, 0.0291 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/6) as the eluent, to give Example 52a (7.5 mg, 73%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 527.1.
Preparation of Compound of Example 52b oN
i N .,, p ~ I CF3 \ /
Example 52b Step 1:
O~N~ CF3 C N CF3 cl /
HN Nal/iPr2NEt N 'O ~ ~
CF3 ~ CF3 Compound xliii-b Example 52b A solution of Compound xii-b (24.2 mg, 0.043 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was treated with Nal (6.4 mg, 0.043 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (11.3 L, 0.0646 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85 C overnight, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/6) as the eluent, to give Example 52b (11.0 mg, 49% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 527.1.
Preparation of Examples 53a and 53b gnO nO
O fNF, CF3 O N A
~N =,, O ~ ~ ~N O CF3 CF3 Example 53a Example 53b Step 1:
CF3 cat. TBAF, I,, NO2 CF3 NOz CF3 paraformaldehyde ~
CF
CbzN DMF +
CbzN O ~ CbzN
3 ,,~ CF3 o ~ ~
Compound iii \ / Compound xliv-b 3:2, seperable by Biotage Compound xliv-a TBAF (0.10 equiv., 33,4 pi, 0.0334 mmol, 0.10 M in THF) was added to a mixture of Compound iii (0.204 g, 0.334 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (86 mg) in DMF at 0 C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 30 min before it was brought to room temperature. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC analysis of the mixture (hexane/EA = 5/1) showed the absence of unreacted starting material. The mixture was then filtered through a short pad of CELITE using a coarse sintered funnel. The residue was washed with diethyl ether, and the resulting DMF/diethyl ether solution was further diluted with diethyl ether, and washed with water (3x) to remove the DMF. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2x) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (1 x), brine and then dried over MgSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE column (slow flow, CH2CI2 as eluent) to give the two separable diastereomers, Compounds xliv-a and xliv-b in a ratio of 3/2, where Compound xliv-b is the isomer which is more polar by TLC. Yield: quantitative.
When Step 1, above, is carried out in THF, the ratio of Compounds xliv-a/xliv-b = 5/2. The isomers can be separated after Step 1, or after Step X. The reaction was carried out at 10 grams scale without any significant difficulties.
Step 2:
OH NOz CF3 OH NH2 CF3 CbzN CbzN
CFs CF
Compound xliv-b Compound xlv-b OH NOZ CF3 Zn/HOAc, 60 C; OH NHz ~
CbzN O ~ CbzN O ~ ~
_ CF3 CF3 Compound xliv-a Compound xiv-a A mixture of Compound xliv-a and xliv-b (7.54 g, 11.76 mmol) and Zn powder (10 equiv., 7.68 g, 117.6 mmol) in acetic acid (120 mL) was heated at 60 C with stirring. The reaction was complete in 2 hrs. After cooling, the system was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with ethanol. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was taken up in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with NaOH (4 M) until the aqueous layer was basic to pH paper. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with water (lx), brine and dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a free amino alcohol crude product which sufficiently pure to be used in the next step without additional purification. Alternatively, the crude product could be purified with a fast Biotage column (hexane/EA 9/1-1 /1-1 /5, then ethyl acetate/CH3OH 4/1) to give pure product, Compounds xiv-a and xlv-b (6.4 g, 89%).
Step 3:
OH
NHz CFs OH
/ NHBoc CF, CbaN O ~ i CF3 CbzN
\ / - CF' Compound xlv-b \ /
BoczO/NEt,/dioxane.
Compound xlvi-b OH
NHZ CF~ OH
CbzN 0 \ ~
CF, CbzN ",,i0 \ / - CF' Compound xiv-a \ /
Compound xivi-a A solution of the free amino alcohol product, Compounds xiv-a and xlv-b, prepared above (0.472 g, 0.77 mmol) in dioxane (3.0 mL) was treated with Boc2O (1.05 equiv., 0.176 g, 0.808 mmol) and NEt3 (1.2 equiv., 0.129 mL, 0.93 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction was complete in 6 hrs, based on TLC analysis (hexane/EA = 1/3). The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with HCI (1x, 0.25 N), water (1x) and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified with flash silica gel column (hexane/EA 9/1-5/1-1/1-1/2) to give pure product, Compounds xivi-a and xlvi-b (0.465 g, 85%).
O fNF, CF3 O N A
~N =,, O ~ ~ ~N O CF3 CF3 Example 53a Example 53b Step 1:
CF3 cat. TBAF, I,, NO2 CF3 NOz CF3 paraformaldehyde ~
CF
CbzN DMF +
CbzN O ~ CbzN
3 ,,~ CF3 o ~ ~
Compound iii \ / Compound xliv-b 3:2, seperable by Biotage Compound xliv-a TBAF (0.10 equiv., 33,4 pi, 0.0334 mmol, 0.10 M in THF) was added to a mixture of Compound iii (0.204 g, 0.334 mmol) and paraformaldehyde (86 mg) in DMF at 0 C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 30 min before it was brought to room temperature. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC analysis of the mixture (hexane/EA = 5/1) showed the absence of unreacted starting material. The mixture was then filtered through a short pad of CELITE using a coarse sintered funnel. The residue was washed with diethyl ether, and the resulting DMF/diethyl ether solution was further diluted with diethyl ether, and washed with water (3x) to remove the DMF. The aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether (2x) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (1 x), brine and then dried over MgSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was purified with a BIOTAGE column (slow flow, CH2CI2 as eluent) to give the two separable diastereomers, Compounds xliv-a and xliv-b in a ratio of 3/2, where Compound xliv-b is the isomer which is more polar by TLC. Yield: quantitative.
When Step 1, above, is carried out in THF, the ratio of Compounds xliv-a/xliv-b = 5/2. The isomers can be separated after Step 1, or after Step X. The reaction was carried out at 10 grams scale without any significant difficulties.
Step 2:
OH NOz CF3 OH NH2 CF3 CbzN CbzN
CFs CF
Compound xliv-b Compound xlv-b OH NOZ CF3 Zn/HOAc, 60 C; OH NHz ~
CbzN O ~ CbzN O ~ ~
_ CF3 CF3 Compound xliv-a Compound xiv-a A mixture of Compound xliv-a and xliv-b (7.54 g, 11.76 mmol) and Zn powder (10 equiv., 7.68 g, 117.6 mmol) in acetic acid (120 mL) was heated at 60 C with stirring. The reaction was complete in 2 hrs. After cooling, the system was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with ethanol. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the resulting residue was taken up in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with NaOH (4 M) until the aqueous layer was basic to pH paper. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with water (lx), brine and dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a free amino alcohol crude product which sufficiently pure to be used in the next step without additional purification. Alternatively, the crude product could be purified with a fast Biotage column (hexane/EA 9/1-1 /1-1 /5, then ethyl acetate/CH3OH 4/1) to give pure product, Compounds xiv-a and xlv-b (6.4 g, 89%).
Step 3:
OH
NHz CFs OH
/ NHBoc CF, CbaN O ~ i CF3 CbzN
\ / - CF' Compound xlv-b \ /
BoczO/NEt,/dioxane.
Compound xlvi-b OH
NHZ CF~ OH
CbzN 0 \ ~
CF, CbzN ",,i0 \ / - CF' Compound xiv-a \ /
Compound xivi-a A solution of the free amino alcohol product, Compounds xiv-a and xlv-b, prepared above (0.472 g, 0.77 mmol) in dioxane (3.0 mL) was treated with Boc2O (1.05 equiv., 0.176 g, 0.808 mmol) and NEt3 (1.2 equiv., 0.129 mL, 0.93 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction was complete in 6 hrs, based on TLC analysis (hexane/EA = 1/3). The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with HCI (1x, 0.25 N), water (1x) and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude product which was purified with flash silica gel column (hexane/EA 9/1-5/1-1/1-1/2) to give pure product, Compounds xivi-a and xlvi-b (0.465 g, 85%).
Step 4:
OH NHBoc 3 CF Oj,BhHBoc CbzN O A CF3 C
bzN 'O \ / - CF3 Compound xivi-b BnBr, (NH4)4HS04, NaOH, THF Compound xivii-b OH NHBoc CF3 OBr~HBo CF3 CbzN =, "0 CFs CbzN 0 ~ ~
Compound xivi-a \ /
Compound xivii-a BnBr (0.23 mL, 1.92 mmol) was added at room temperature to a vigorously stirred mixture of Compounds xlvi-a and xlvi-b (0.91 g, 1.28 mmol), Bu4NHSO4 (0.174 g, 0.512 mmol) in THF (8.0 mL), and an aqueous NaOH solution (4.0 mL, 50 wt%). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h and then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v =
10/1) to give Compounds xivii-a and xlvii-b (0.81 g, 79%).
OH NHBoc 3 CF Oj,BhHBoc CbzN O A CF3 C
bzN 'O \ / - CF3 Compound xivi-b BnBr, (NH4)4HS04, NaOH, THF Compound xivii-b OH NHBoc CF3 OBr~HBo CF3 CbzN =, "0 CFs CbzN 0 ~ ~
Compound xivi-a \ /
Compound xivii-a BnBr (0.23 mL, 1.92 mmol) was added at room temperature to a vigorously stirred mixture of Compounds xlvi-a and xlvi-b (0.91 g, 1.28 mmol), Bu4NHSO4 (0.174 g, 0.512 mmol) in THF (8.0 mL), and an aqueous NaOH solution (4.0 mL, 50 wt%). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h and then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with water (30 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v =
10/1) to give Compounds xivii-a and xlvii-b (0.81 g, 79%).
Step 5:
oBUBoc . CF3 o-N -OBn CbzN ~0 CI CF3 HN O \ / a. H2/Pd(OH)Z/C CF3 A
Compound xivii-b b. TFA \ /
c. CICH2COCI/NEt3 Compound xiviii-b OBUBoc CF3 O H
N OBn CF3 CbzN CI:~- ~
CF3 HN =,,,~0 ~ I
Compound xlvii-a \ /
Compound xiviii-a A solution of Compounds xlvii-a and xivii-b (111 mg, 0.139 mmol) in EtOH (3.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (33 mg, 10 wt%) and hydrogenated with a hydrogen balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was dissolved in TFA (2.0 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes before the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with NaOH solution (4.0 N, 15 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over MgSO4.
After filtration and concentration, the crude diarnine was dissolved in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) and treated with chioroacetyl chloride (16.6 L, 0.208 mmol) and NEt3 (58 L, 0.416 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude Compounds xiviii-a and xlviii-b were obtained in quantitative yield.
Step 6:
O H
yN -06n CF3 CIJ
HN =,.,~0 ~ I
~n0 ~n0 O M. CF3 O N CF3 Compound xiviii-b NaI/iPr2NEt i I
N
O CF3 ~~,i0 &
yN, LO(J CF3 Example 53a Example 53b Compound xiviii-a A solution of Compounds xiviii-a and xiviii-b (89 mg, 0.139 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was treated with Nal (0.208 g, 1.39 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (72.8 L, 0.417 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85 C for 48 h, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/1) as eluent, to give Example 53a (16 mg, 19% yield for 4 steps), Electrospray MS [M+1]+
607.1, and Example 53b (12 mg, 14% yield for 4 steps), Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 607.1.
oBUBoc . CF3 o-N -OBn CbzN ~0 CI CF3 HN O \ / a. H2/Pd(OH)Z/C CF3 A
Compound xivii-b b. TFA \ /
c. CICH2COCI/NEt3 Compound xiviii-b OBUBoc CF3 O H
N OBn CF3 CbzN CI:~- ~
CF3 HN =,,,~0 ~ I
Compound xlvii-a \ /
Compound xiviii-a A solution of Compounds xlvii-a and xivii-b (111 mg, 0.139 mmol) in EtOH (3.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (33 mg, 10 wt%) and hydrogenated with a hydrogen balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the crude product, which was dissolved in TFA (2.0 mL). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes before the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with NaOH solution (4.0 N, 15 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over MgSO4.
After filtration and concentration, the crude diarnine was dissolved in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) and treated with chioroacetyl chloride (16.6 L, 0.208 mmol) and NEt3 (58 L, 0.416 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude Compounds xiviii-a and xlviii-b were obtained in quantitative yield.
Step 6:
O H
yN -06n CF3 CIJ
HN =,.,~0 ~ I
~n0 ~n0 O M. CF3 O N CF3 Compound xiviii-b NaI/iPr2NEt i I
N
O CF3 ~~,i0 &
yN, LO(J CF3 Example 53a Example 53b Compound xiviii-a A solution of Compounds xiviii-a and xiviii-b (89 mg, 0.139 mmol) in CH3CN (0.5 mL) was treated with Nal (0.208 g, 1.39 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (72.8 L, 0.417 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 85 C for 48 h, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/1) as eluent, to give Example 53a (16 mg, 19% yield for 4 steps), Electrospray MS [M+1]+
607.1, and Example 53b (12 mg, 14% yield for 4 steps), Electrospray MS
[M+1 ]+ 607.1.
Preparation of Examples 54a and 54b r--,-NBn ~
N ==,~O ~
Examples 54a and 54b (mixture of isomers) Step 1:
BocHN OH CF3 BocHN NHBn CF3 i a. (COCI)Z/DMSO/NEt3 CbzN ,= ~O ~ I CF3 b. BnNH2/NaBH(OAc)3 CbzN
Mixture of Compound xlix Compounds xivi-a (mixture of isomes) and xivi-b Oxalyl chloride (0.134 ml, 1.56 mmol) was added to a solution of DMSO (0.222 mL, 3.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL), cooled to -78 C
with a cooling bath, and maintained under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at -78 C for 15 min, and then a solution of Compounds xlvi-a and xivi-b (i.e., an isomeric mixture) (0.444 g, 0.625 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 C for an additional I h, and then trimethylamine (0.76 mL, 5.47 mmol) was added.
The cooling bath was removed, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature, and then quenched with HCI (15 mL, 0.5 N). The mixture was then diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude aldehyde (0.44 g, 100%), which was taken up in CICH2CH2CI
(4.0 mL), treated with 4A molecular sieves (100 mg) and benzyl amine (0.196 mL, 1.86 mmol), followed by the addition of NaBH(OAc)3 (0.79 g, 3.73 mmol).
The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h, and then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (30 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 2/1) to give Compound xlix (mixture of isomers) (0.365 g, 74% yield for 2 steps).
Step 2:
BocHN NHBn CF3 ~NBn a. TFA HN CF3 b. BrCH~CO2Et/iPr2Et /
CbzN .. CF3 CbzN =, O ~ I CF
~ ~
Compound xlix Compound I
(mixture of isomers) (mixture of isomers) A solution of Compound xlix (mixture of isomers) (0.257 g, 0.322 mmol) in TFA (2.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was taken up in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with an aqueous NaOH solution (4.0 N, 15 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude diamine was dissolved in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) and treated with ethyl bromoacetate (37.5 L, 0.338 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (118 L, 0.676 mmol) at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 48 h, and then cooled to room temperature and diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL). The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/1 to 0/100) to give Compound I (mixture of isomers) (58 mg, 24% yield for 2 steps).
Step 3:
r-"-NBn a. H2/Pd(OH)2/C r--"-NBn HN CF3 b. CICH2COCI/NEt3 c. iPrqNEta O N CF3 CbzN .,,, ,,O CF3 ==õ~O CF3 Compound i Examples 54a and 54b (mixture of isomers) (mixture of isomers) Compound I (mixture of isomers) (55.7 mg, 0.075 mmol) in EtOH (2.5 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (33.3 mg, 10 wt%) and hydrogenated with a hydrogen balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was taken up in CH2CI2 (0.75 mL) and treated with chloroacetyl chloride (9.0 L, 0.112 mmol) and NEt3 (31.4 L, 0.225 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude mixture was dissolved in CICH2CH2CI (2.0 mL) and treated with i-Pr2NEt (52.4 L, 0.30 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60 C overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/2) as eluent to give pure isomer Example 54a (13 mg, 27% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 646.2 and Example 54b (14 mg, 29% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 646.2.
Preparation of Example 55 O OBn HN
N CFs /~
N =-,~O ~
Example 55 Step 1:
n0 ~n0 CF S N, CF3 ~ Lawssance's reagent i N ''O ~ I CF N "O \ I CF3 Example 53a Compound Ii A stirred solution of Example 53a (0.12 g, 0.198 mmol) was treated with Lawssance's reagent (80.1 mg, 0.198 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 80 C for 1 h, and then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 4/1) to give Compound Ii (100 mg, 81 % yield).
Step 2:
PO O OBn s NHN
M.
1) Hg(OAc)z/NH2NHCOzCH
S .N, i I 2) MeONa/MeOH ~ ~
O \ CF3 CF3 N ==-,, O ~ I CF3 Compound Ii Example 55 Hg(OAc)Z (76.8 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added to a stirred mixture of Compound li (0.10 g, 0.16 mmol) and NH2NHCO2CH3 (72.1 mg, 0.80 mmol) in CH3CN (1.5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred.for 2 h, and then it was filtered through a short pad of CELITE. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was taken up in MeOH (1.0 mL) and treated with NaOCH3 (0.25 mL, 30% in MeOH). The resultirig reaction mixture was heated at 80 C for 1.5 h, and then cooled to room temperature.
The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and aqueous NaHCO3 solution (10 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/4) as eluent, to give Example 55 (24 mg, 23%), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 647.4.
Preparation of Example 56 OMe O O,,= CF3 N ~
/ ~
Example 56 OH
~ Me +BF O OMe ~ , A
Proton Spongc9~ N., O CF3 60 % N' CF3 Example 49 Example 56 Into a solution of Example 49 (50 mg, 0.1 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (2 mL) was added Proton Sponge (26 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) and trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (15 mg, 0.1 mmol, I equiv.). After the reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at room temperature for 5 hours, the reaction was quenched with iced water (10 mL) and saturated NH4C1 (10 mL).
The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2), and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic layer was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1) to give Example 56 (30 mg, 59%).
Preparation of Example 57 .. OH
H
~N ''~O ~ I CF3 Example 57 H H
OH CFs OH CF3 O ::;::ux .''~O ~ I
CF
Example 3a Example 57 A mixture of Example 3a (0.5g, 0.97 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous THF
(50 mL) and BH3=Me2S (0.56 mL, 5.8 mmol, 6 equiv.) was stirred and heated to reflux for 16 hours. The solvent was removed and the resulting residue was mixed with MeOH (8 mL) and 2 M HCI (8 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and mixed with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturated NH4CI (60 mL), and neutralized with 2 N NaOH to pH 10. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL x 2). The organic layer was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a white solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 8% NH4OH in MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 57 (0.43 g, 88%).
Preparation of Example 58 O
W. CFa i Example 58 H
Lo(b.CF3 9Example57 OH CF3 Acetic 9ExaImpleS8 Et, I2 Into a solution of Example 57 (100.5 mg, 0.2 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL), which cooled to 0 C, was added triethylamine (26 mg, 0.6 mmol, 3 equiv.) and acetic anhydride (51 mg, 2.5 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C for 1 hour then at room temperature for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and then washed with saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL x 2). The organic layer was isolated and dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a white solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give Example 58 (100 mg, 83%).
Preparation of Example 59 W, OH CF3 Example 59 O N,,. 0 CF3 LiOH Og OH CFs /~
N .,- ,OCF3 O 3 CF
Example 58 Example 59 A mixture of Example 58 (60 mg, 0.102 mmol, I equiv.) in THF/H20 (2:1, 2 mL) and LiOH (14.5 mg, 0.205 mmol, 2 equiv.) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with saturated NH4CI (20 mL x 2). The organic layer was isolated, dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC with 5% NH4OH in MeOH/CH2CI2to give Example 59 (40 mg, 73%).
Preparation of Example 60 O~NH2 N,,, OH ACF3 ~ N .,, ,O Example 60 ~ NH2 H CFs O~
TMSNCO OH CFa W. L ['CF3 N
0 C to RT '~~~0 CF3 Example 57 ~
\ / -Example 60 Into a solution of Example 57 (30 mg, 0.06 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous 1, 2-dichloroethane (2 mL), which was cooled to 0 C, was added TMSNCO ( 7 mg, 0.12 mmol, 2 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C for 30 min., then at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction was quenched with MeOH (1 mL). The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum to give an off-white solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC with 8%
NH4OH in MeOH/CH2CI2to give Example 60 (14 mg, 44%).
Preparation of Examples 61 a and 61 b 0 I y~
W. 0 A Nr-O CF3 +~ /
NC CF3 C ~ I CF3 Example 61a Example 61b Step 1:
H PMB
N O CF
Ci O I N
Hs HN O A
/
y CB. -' ~ CF3 K2C03 CBZ N
~O CF3 DMF
Compound Iii Compound liii A mixture of Compound Iii (i.e., Compound 48 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (1.3 g, 2 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DMF (10 mL), p-methoxybenzyl chloride (PMB chloride) (0.34 g, 2.2 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), and K2CO3 (1.1 g, 8 mmol, 4 equiv.) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), and then washed with saturated NH4CI (100 mL x 2). The organic layer was isolated and dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give Compound liii (1.4g, 93%).
Step 2:
N ==,~O ~
Examples 54a and 54b (mixture of isomers) Step 1:
BocHN OH CF3 BocHN NHBn CF3 i a. (COCI)Z/DMSO/NEt3 CbzN ,= ~O ~ I CF3 b. BnNH2/NaBH(OAc)3 CbzN
Mixture of Compound xlix Compounds xivi-a (mixture of isomes) and xivi-b Oxalyl chloride (0.134 ml, 1.56 mmol) was added to a solution of DMSO (0.222 mL, 3.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (4.0 mL), cooled to -78 C
with a cooling bath, and maintained under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at -78 C for 15 min, and then a solution of Compounds xlvi-a and xivi-b (i.e., an isomeric mixture) (0.444 g, 0.625 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.0 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78 C for an additional I h, and then trimethylamine (0.76 mL, 5.47 mmol) was added.
The cooling bath was removed, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature, and then quenched with HCI (15 mL, 0.5 N). The mixture was then diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2x15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSO4) and filtered. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude aldehyde (0.44 g, 100%), which was taken up in CICH2CH2CI
(4.0 mL), treated with 4A molecular sieves (100 mg) and benzyl amine (0.196 mL, 1.86 mmol), followed by the addition of NaBH(OAc)3 (0.79 g, 3.73 mmol).
The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h, and then diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (30 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 2/1) to give Compound xlix (mixture of isomers) (0.365 g, 74% yield for 2 steps).
Step 2:
BocHN NHBn CF3 ~NBn a. TFA HN CF3 b. BrCH~CO2Et/iPr2Et /
CbzN .. CF3 CbzN =, O ~ I CF
~ ~
Compound xlix Compound I
(mixture of isomers) (mixture of isomers) A solution of Compound xlix (mixture of isomers) (0.257 g, 0.322 mmol) in TFA (2.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was taken up in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with an aqueous NaOH solution (4.0 N, 15 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude diamine was dissolved in CH2CI2 (2.0 mL) and treated with ethyl bromoacetate (37.5 L, 0.338 mmol) and i-Pr2NEt (118 L, 0.676 mmol) at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 48 h, and then cooled to room temperature and diluted with CH2CI2 (50 mL). The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/1 to 0/100) to give Compound I (mixture of isomers) (58 mg, 24% yield for 2 steps).
Step 3:
r-"-NBn a. H2/Pd(OH)2/C r--"-NBn HN CF3 b. CICH2COCI/NEt3 c. iPrqNEta O N CF3 CbzN .,,, ,,O CF3 ==õ~O CF3 Compound i Examples 54a and 54b (mixture of isomers) (mixture of isomers) Compound I (mixture of isomers) (55.7 mg, 0.075 mmol) in EtOH (2.5 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd(OH)2/C (33.3 mg, 10 wt%) and hydrogenated with a hydrogen balloon for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of CELITE, and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was taken up in CH2CI2 (0.75 mL) and treated with chloroacetyl chloride (9.0 L, 0.112 mmol) and NEt3 (31.4 L, 0.225 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude mixture was dissolved in CICH2CH2CI (2.0 mL) and treated with i-Pr2NEt (52.4 L, 0.30 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60 C overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with CH2CI2 (30 mL), and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/2) as eluent to give pure isomer Example 54a (13 mg, 27% yield), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 646.2 and Example 54b (14 mg, 29% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 646.2.
Preparation of Example 55 O OBn HN
N CFs /~
N =-,~O ~
Example 55 Step 1:
n0 ~n0 CF S N, CF3 ~ Lawssance's reagent i N ''O ~ I CF N "O \ I CF3 Example 53a Compound Ii A stirred solution of Example 53a (0.12 g, 0.198 mmol) was treated with Lawssance's reagent (80.1 mg, 0.198 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was heated at 80 C for 1 h, and then cooled to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified using a BIOTAGE apparatus, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 4/1) to give Compound Ii (100 mg, 81 % yield).
Step 2:
PO O OBn s NHN
M.
1) Hg(OAc)z/NH2NHCOzCH
S .N, i I 2) MeONa/MeOH ~ ~
O \ CF3 CF3 N ==-,, O ~ I CF3 Compound Ii Example 55 Hg(OAc)Z (76.8 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added to a stirred mixture of Compound li (0.10 g, 0.16 mmol) and NH2NHCO2CH3 (72.1 mg, 0.80 mmol) in CH3CN (1.5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred.for 2 h, and then it was filtered through a short pad of CELITE. The residue was washed with EtOAc (20 mL). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a crude product, which was taken up in MeOH (1.0 mL) and treated with NaOCH3 (0.25 mL, 30% in MeOH). The resultirig reaction mixture was heated at 80 C for 1.5 h, and then cooled to room temperature.
The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and aqueous NaHCO3 solution (10 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by preparative TLC with hexane/EtOAc (v/v = 1/4) as eluent, to give Example 55 (24 mg, 23%), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 647.4.
Preparation of Example 56 OMe O O,,= CF3 N ~
/ ~
Example 56 OH
~ Me +BF O OMe ~ , A
Proton Spongc9~ N., O CF3 60 % N' CF3 Example 49 Example 56 Into a solution of Example 49 (50 mg, 0.1 mmol, I equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (2 mL) was added Proton Sponge (26 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) and trimethyloxonium tetrafluoroborate (15 mg, 0.1 mmol, I equiv.). After the reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at room temperature for 5 hours, the reaction was quenched with iced water (10 mL) and saturated NH4C1 (10 mL).
The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2), and the organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic layer was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a yellow solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC with hexanes/ethyl acetate (2:1) to give Example 56 (30 mg, 59%).
Preparation of Example 57 .. OH
H
~N ''~O ~ I CF3 Example 57 H H
OH CFs OH CF3 O ::;::ux .''~O ~ I
CF
Example 3a Example 57 A mixture of Example 3a (0.5g, 0.97 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous THF
(50 mL) and BH3=Me2S (0.56 mL, 5.8 mmol, 6 equiv.) was stirred and heated to reflux for 16 hours. The solvent was removed and the resulting residue was mixed with MeOH (8 mL) and 2 M HCI (8 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and mixed with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and saturated NH4CI (60 mL), and neutralized with 2 N NaOH to pH 10. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL x 2). The organic layer was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a white solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 8% NH4OH in MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Example 57 (0.43 g, 88%).
Preparation of Example 58 O
W. CFa i Example 58 H
Lo(b.CF3 9Example57 OH CF3 Acetic 9ExaImpleS8 Et, I2 Into a solution of Example 57 (100.5 mg, 0.2 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL), which cooled to 0 C, was added triethylamine (26 mg, 0.6 mmol, 3 equiv.) and acetic anhydride (51 mg, 2.5 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C for 1 hour then at room temperature for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and then washed with saturated NaHCO3 (20 mL x 2). The organic layer was isolated and dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a white solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give Example 58 (100 mg, 83%).
Preparation of Example 59 W, OH CF3 Example 59 O N,,. 0 CF3 LiOH Og OH CFs /~
N .,- ,OCF3 O 3 CF
Example 58 Example 59 A mixture of Example 58 (60 mg, 0.102 mmol, I equiv.) in THF/H20 (2:1, 2 mL) and LiOH (14.5 mg, 0.205 mmol, 2 equiv.) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with saturated NH4CI (20 mL x 2). The organic layer was isolated, dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC with 5% NH4OH in MeOH/CH2CI2to give Example 59 (40 mg, 73%).
Preparation of Example 60 O~NH2 N,,, OH ACF3 ~ N .,, ,O Example 60 ~ NH2 H CFs O~
TMSNCO OH CFa W. L ['CF3 N
0 C to RT '~~~0 CF3 Example 57 ~
\ / -Example 60 Into a solution of Example 57 (30 mg, 0.06 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous 1, 2-dichloroethane (2 mL), which was cooled to 0 C, was added TMSNCO ( 7 mg, 0.12 mmol, 2 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C for 30 min., then at room temperature for 1 hour, the reaction was quenched with MeOH (1 mL). The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum to give an off-white solid. The solid was purified by preparative TLC with 8%
NH4OH in MeOH/CH2CI2to give Example 60 (14 mg, 44%).
Preparation of Examples 61 a and 61 b 0 I y~
W. 0 A Nr-O CF3 +~ /
NC CF3 C ~ I CF3 Example 61a Example 61b Step 1:
H PMB
N O CF
Ci O I N
Hs HN O A
/
y CB. -' ~ CF3 K2C03 CBZ N
~O CF3 DMF
Compound Iii Compound liii A mixture of Compound Iii (i.e., Compound 48 of U.S. Published Application 2003/158173 Al, Serial No. 10/321,687) (1.3 g, 2 mmol, 1 equiv.) in DMF (10 mL), p-methoxybenzyl chloride (PMB chloride) (0.34 g, 2.2 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), and K2CO3 (1.1 g, 8 mmol, 4 equiv.) was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), and then washed with saturated NH4CI (100 mL x 2). The organic layer was isolated and dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give Compound liii (1.4g, 93%).
Step 2:
PMB PMB
OyN O N
H O
IN A OH ~N O CF3 BrHO ~
CBZ-N O Csz C03, DMF CBZ-N O ~ ~
CF3 100 C CFs days Compound Iiii Compound liv A mixture of Compound liii (1.3 g, 1.69 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (15 mL), 2-bromoethanol (0.42g, 3.4 mmol, 2 equiv.), Cs2CO3 (2.2 g, 6.8 mmol, 4 equiv.), and Nal (0.4 g) was stirred and heated to 100 C for 5 days.
5 The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with saturated NH4CI (100 mL x 2). The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give Compound liv (0.85 g, 61 %).
Step 3:
PMB PMB
O N O N
HO N O CF3 Pd(OH)z/C HO~~N O ACF3 Hz CBZ-N CF3 MeOH HN O ~ ~ Compound lv Compound liv A mixture of Compound liv (2.85 g, 3.5 mmol, I equiv.) in MeOH (30 mL) and 20 % Pd(OH)2/C (0.57 g, 20% by weight) was hydrogenated with a H2 balloon for 5 hours. The catalyst was filtered off, and the resulting filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give Compound lv (2.23g, 94%).
Step 4:
PMB
OyN O O N
HO~' IN CF3 CAN N O CF3 i HO~' ~
HN ., O ~ I CF3 CH3CN, Hz0 HN ., O ~ ~
Compound Iv Compound Ivi Into a solution of Compound lv (2.23g, 3.28 mmol, 1 equiv.) in CH3CN/H20(3:1, 40 mL), which was cooled to 0 C, was added ammonium cerium nitrate (7.7 g, 13.1 mmol, 4 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C
for 5 hours, then at room temperature for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was taken up in H20 (200 mL)/ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 (200 mL x 2) and brine (100 ml), isolated, dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum to give a foamy solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 4.5% NH4OH in MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Compound Ivi (1.48 g, 82%).
Step 5:
H H
O N NH O A MsCI O N O CF3 O N N~O CF3 ti OH EtN C~ + / ~
NH .,. ~O CF3 CHZCI2 N., ~O ~ ~ CF3 N.,- ~O ~ CF3 Compound Ivi Example 61a Example 61b Into a solution of Compound lvi (55 mg, 0.098 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL) and triethyl amine (12 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), which was cooled to 0 C, was added methanesulfonyl chloride (14 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C for 2 hours, then at room temperature for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give a foamy solid.
The solid was purified on prep TLC with 4% NH4OH in MeOH/ CH2C12 to give Example 61 a (20 mg, 38 %) and Example 61 b (14 mg, 26%).
While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications, and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications, and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.
OyN O N
H O
IN A OH ~N O CF3 BrHO ~
CBZ-N O Csz C03, DMF CBZ-N O ~ ~
CF3 100 C CFs days Compound Iiii Compound liv A mixture of Compound liii (1.3 g, 1.69 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous DMF (15 mL), 2-bromoethanol (0.42g, 3.4 mmol, 2 equiv.), Cs2CO3 (2.2 g, 6.8 mmol, 4 equiv.), and Nal (0.4 g) was stirred and heated to 100 C for 5 days.
5 The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL) and washed with saturated NH4CI (100 mL x 2). The organic solution was dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give a solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 30% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give Compound liv (0.85 g, 61 %).
Step 3:
PMB PMB
O N O N
HO N O CF3 Pd(OH)z/C HO~~N O ACF3 Hz CBZ-N CF3 MeOH HN O ~ ~ Compound lv Compound liv A mixture of Compound liv (2.85 g, 3.5 mmol, I equiv.) in MeOH (30 mL) and 20 % Pd(OH)2/C (0.57 g, 20% by weight) was hydrogenated with a H2 balloon for 5 hours. The catalyst was filtered off, and the resulting filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give Compound lv (2.23g, 94%).
Step 4:
PMB
OyN O O N
HO~' IN CF3 CAN N O CF3 i HO~' ~
HN ., O ~ I CF3 CH3CN, Hz0 HN ., O ~ ~
Compound Iv Compound Ivi Into a solution of Compound lv (2.23g, 3.28 mmol, 1 equiv.) in CH3CN/H20(3:1, 40 mL), which was cooled to 0 C, was added ammonium cerium nitrate (7.7 g, 13.1 mmol, 4 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C
for 5 hours, then at room temperature for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was taken up in H20 (200 mL)/ethyl acetate (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 (200 mL x 2) and brine (100 ml), isolated, dried with Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum to give a foamy solid. The solid was purified by Biotage chromatography with 4.5% NH4OH in MeOH/ CH2CI2 to give Compound Ivi (1.48 g, 82%).
Step 5:
H H
O N NH O A MsCI O N O CF3 O N N~O CF3 ti OH EtN C~ + / ~
NH .,. ~O CF3 CHZCI2 N., ~O ~ ~ CF3 N.,- ~O ~ CF3 Compound Ivi Example 61a Example 61b Into a solution of Compound lvi (55 mg, 0.098 mmol, 1 equiv.) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (1 mL) and triethyl amine (12 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), which was cooled to 0 C, was added methanesulfonyl chloride (14 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 equiv.). After stirring under N2 at 0 C for 2 hours, then at room temperature for 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to give a foamy solid.
The solid was purified on prep TLC with 4% NH4OH in MeOH/ CH2C12 to give Example 61 a (20 mg, 38 %) and Example 61 b (14 mg, 26%).
While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications, and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications, and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.
Claims (60)
1. A compound of Formula (I):
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6 and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
X1 is -O- or -N(R7)-;
X2 is -O-, -N(R8)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R11)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -O-alkyl, -O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13 -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)R12, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CH2N3, -O-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(O)-R12, -S(O2)-R12, and N(R11)S(O2)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R8)-, R1 and R 8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-O-, -(CH2)n2-, -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, -(CH2)n2-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2 or 3;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-O-, n2 is 2 or 3; and (c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2 or 3;
R2, R3, R4, and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, -O-alkyl, haloalkyl, -O-haloalkyl, -CN, -OH, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and heteroaryl substituted with at least one alkyl or haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to substituents R6;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)R12, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R10 is alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R8)-, R8 and R10 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl are substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R13 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, or -alkyl-aryl;
each R14 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6; or two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13;
and R15 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6 and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
X1 is -O- or -N(R7)-;
X2 is -O-, -N(R8)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R11)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -O-alkyl, -O-alkyl-cycloalkyl, heteroaryl or aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13 -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)R12, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CH2N3, -O-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(O)-R12, -S(O2)-R12, and N(R11)S(O2)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R8)-, R1 and R 8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-O-, -(CH2)n2-, -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, -(CH2)n2-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2 or 3;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-O-, n2 is 2 or 3; and (c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2 or 3;
R2, R3, R4, and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, -O-alkyl, haloalkyl, -O-haloalkyl, -CN, -OH, unsubstituted heteroaryl, and heteroaryl substituted with at least one alkyl or haloalkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to substituents R6;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, -alkyl-cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)R12, and aryl or heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl;
R10 is alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R8)-, R8 and R10 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
each R11 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein said aryl or heteroaryl are substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R13 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, or -alkyl-aryl;
each R14 is independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, wherein said heterocyclyl is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, and wherein each of said aryl and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6; or two substituents R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13;
and R15 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6.
2. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
Ar1 is aryl;
Ar2 is aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
X1 is -O-;
X2 is -O-, -N(R8)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R11)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 3;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, (C1-6)alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -O-alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CN3, -O-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(O2)-R12, and N(R11)S(O2)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R8)-, R1 and R8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-O-, a covalent bond, -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)2,2-O-, n1 is 1 and n2 is 2;
(c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2 and n2 is 1;
(d) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 and n2 are both 1; and (e) when X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-, n1 is 0;
R2 and R3 are H;
R4 and R5 are each independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently (C1-6)alkyl or halo(C1-6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, and -(C1-6)alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)2, and -C(O)R12;
R9 is H;
R10 is (C1-6)alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R8)-, R8 and R10 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-6)alkyl and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R14 is independently H or heteroaryl; or two R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 5 substituents R13; and R15 is H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 is aryl;
Ar2 is aryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
X1 is -O-;
X2 is -O-, -N(R8)-, or -C(R9)2-;
X3 is -C(R9)2-, -C(O)-, or -C(=N-R10)-;
X4 is -N(R11)- or -C(R9)2-;
with the proviso that when X3 is -C(R9)2-, at least one of X2 and X4 is also -C(R9)2-;
n1 is an integer of from 0 to 3;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, (C1-6)alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -O-alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)R12, heterocyclyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R13, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)R12, -C(O)R12, -C(O)OR15, -CN, -CN3, -O-alkyl-aryl, -O-N=C(R12)2, -S-R12, -S(O2)-R12, and N(R11)S(O2)-R12; or when X2 is -N(R8)-, R1 and R8 together can form a group X5 as shown in Formula (IA):
wherein X5 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -(CH2)n2-O-, a covalent bond, -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, and -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-;
n2 is an integer of from 1 to 3;
with the proviso that:
(a) when X5 is -C(O)-, n1 is 2;
(b) when X5 is -(CH2)2,2-O-, n1 is 1 and n2 is 2;
(c) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-, n1 is 2 and n2 is 1;
(d) when X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-, n1 and n2 are both 1; and (e) when X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-, n1 is 0;
R2 and R3 are H;
R4 and R5 are each independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently (C1-6)alkyl or halo(C1-6)alkyl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, and -(C1-6)alkyl-aryl wherein the aryl moiety is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -C(O)N(R14)2, and -C(O)R12;
R9 is H;
R10 is (C1-6)alkyl or aryl; or when X3 is -C(=N-R10) and X2 is -N(R8)-, R8 and R10 together can form a group X6 as shown in Formula (IB):
wherein X6 is -N(R13)-C(O)-;
R12 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-6)alkyl and heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
each R14 is independently H or heteroaryl; or two R14, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl ring substituted with 0 to 5 substituents R13; and R15 is H or (C1-6)alkyl.
3. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
X2 is -N(R8)-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
X2 is -N(R8)-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
4. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
X2, X3, and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
X2, X3, and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
5. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
X2 is -N(R8)-, and X3 and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
X2 is -N(R8)-, and X3 and X4 are each -C(R9)2-.
6. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
X2 is -O-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
X2 is -O-, X3 is -C(O)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
7. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
X2 is -N(R8)-, X3 is -C(=N-R10)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
X2 is -N(R8)-, X3 is -C(=N-R10)-, and X4 is -C(R9)2-.
8. The compound of Claim 1, wherein:
X2 and X4 are each -N(R8)-, and X3 is -C(O)-.
X2 and X4 are each -N(R8)-, and X3 is -C(O)-.
9. The compound of Claim 1 having the structure of Formula (IA):
10. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
X5 Is -C(O)-.
X5 Is -C(O)-.
11. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
X5 is -(CH2)n2-O-.
X5 is -(CH2)n2-O-.
12. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
X5 is -(CH2)n2-.
X5 is -(CH2)n2-.
13. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-.
X5 is -(CH2)n2-C(O)-N(R13)-.
14. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
X5 is -(CH2)n2-N(R13)-.
X5 is -(CH2)n2-N(R13)-.
15. The compound of Claim 9, wherein:
X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-.
X5 is -C(O)-N(R13)-C(O)-.
16. The compound of Claim 1 having the structure of Formula (IB):
17. The compound of Claim 1, wherein said compound has a structure according to the following Formula (II):
18. The compound of Claim 1, wherein said compound has a structure according to the following Formula (III):
19. The compound of Claim 1, wherein said compound has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
20. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (IV), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1-6)alkyl)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, and N(R11)S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl;
R8 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or :or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are shown attached, form ;and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1-6)alkyl)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, and N(R11)S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl;
R8 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or :or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are shown attached, form ;and n is 0 or 1.
21. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (V), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1-6)alkyl)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, and N(R11)S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl;
R8 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or ; or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are shown attached, form ;and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -C(O)OH, -C(O)-O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, -CN3, -O-(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl, -O-N=C((C1-6)alkyl)2, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, and N(R11)S(O2)-(C1-6)alkyl, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-phenyl;
R8 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C3-6)cycloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, or ; or two R14 groups, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are shown attached, form ;and n is 0 or 1.
22. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (VI), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R11)C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R11)C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0.
23. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (VII), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R11)C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -N(R7)2, -N(R11)C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)N(R14)2, -N(R11)C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, -CN, R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R7 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R11 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0.
24. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (VIII), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R8 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R8 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
25. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (IX), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R8 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, -C(O)N(R14)2, -OC(O)-(C1-6)alkyl, and -C(O)-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R8 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R14 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
26. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (X), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R8 and R11 are H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
R8 and R11 are H or (C1-6)alkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0.
27. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XI), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
28. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XII), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, (C1-6)alkyl, -(C1-6)alkyl-OH, and -O-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
29. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XIII), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
30. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XIV), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
31. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XV), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
32. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XVI), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
33. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XVII), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
34. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XVIII), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl.
35. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XIX), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C6-12)aryl.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and each R13 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or -(C1-6)alkyl-(C6-12)aryl.
36. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XX), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, or -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C6-12)aryl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, or -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C6-12)aryl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
37. The compound of Claim 19 having the structure of Formula (XXI), wherein:
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, or -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C6-12)aryl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
Ar1 and Ar2 are both phenyl substituted with 0 to 3 substituents R6;
R1 is H, (C1-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, or -O-(C1-6)alkyl-(C6-12)aryl;
R2, R3 and R4 are each H;
R5 is (C1-6)alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, (C1-6)alkyl, or (C1-6)haloalkyl;
each R9 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R13 is independently H or (C1-6)alkyl; and n is 0 or 1.
38. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof, selected from the group consisting of:
39. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, having the following structure:
40. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, having the following structure:
41. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, having the following structure:
42. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, having the following structure:
43. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, having the following structure:
44. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate and/or ester thereof, having the following structure:
45. A mixture comprising two or more compounds of Claim 36.
46. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
at least one compound of Claim 1; and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
at least one compound of Claim 1; and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
47. A pharmaceutical composition comprising:
at least one compound of Claim 1;
at least one serotonin reuptake inhibitor; and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
at least one compound of Claim 1;
at least one serotonin reuptake inhibitor; and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
48. A method of treating a physiological disorder, symptom or disease, comprising:
administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of at least one compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is selected from the group consisting of respiratory diseases, inflammatory diseases, skin disorders, ophthalmalogical disorders, central nervous system conditions, depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, addictions, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, epilepsy, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, AIDS related dementia, Towne's disease, stress related disorders, obsessive/compulsive disorders, eating disorders, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorders, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorders, atherosclerosis, fibrosing disorders, obesity, Type II diabetes, pain related disorders, headache, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, chronic pain syndrome, bladder disorders, genitourinary disorders, cough, emesis, and nausea.
administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of at least one compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is selected from the group consisting of respiratory diseases, inflammatory diseases, skin disorders, ophthalmalogical disorders, central nervous system conditions, depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, addictions, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, epilepsy, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, AIDS related dementia, Towne's disease, stress related disorders, obsessive/compulsive disorders, eating disorders, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorders, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorders, atherosclerosis, fibrosing disorders, obesity, Type II diabetes, pain related disorders, headache, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, chronic pain syndrome, bladder disorders, genitourinary disorders, cough, emesis, and nausea.
49. The method of Claim 48, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is emesis, depression, anxiety or cough.
50. The method of Claim 48, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is emesis.
51. The method of Claim 48, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is cough.
52. The method according to claim 48, further comprising:
administering an effective amount of at least one active ingredient selected from the group consisting of other NK1 receptor antagonists, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multidrug resistance protein 5; and wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is selected from the group consisting of: respiratory diseases, depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorder, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorder, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorder, obesity, headache, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, chronic pain syndrome, bladder disorder, genitourinary disorder, cough, emesis and nausea.
administering an effective amount of at least one active ingredient selected from the group consisting of other NK1 receptor antagonists, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, dopamine receptor agonists, serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, serotonin 5-HT2c receptor agonists, nociceptin receptor agonists, glucocorticoids and inhibitors of multidrug resistance protein 5; and wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is selected from the group consisting of: respiratory diseases, depression, anxiety, phobia, bipolar disorder, alcohol dependence, psychoactive substance abuse, nociception, psychosis, schizophrenia, stress related disorder, obsessive/compulsive disorder, bulimia, anorexia nervosa, binge eating, sleep disorder, mania, premenstrual syndrome, gastrointestinal disorder, obesity, headache, neuropathic pain, post-operative pain, chronic pain syndrome, bladder disorder, genitourinary disorder, cough, emesis and nausea.
53. A method of treating emesis and/or nausea in a patient in need of such treatment comprising:
administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound according to Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof; and administering an effective amount of at least one serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist and/or at least one glucocorticoid.
administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound according to Claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof; and administering an effective amount of at least one serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist and/or at least one glucocorticoid.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein the serotonin 5-HT3 receptor antagonist is ondansetron and the glucocorticoid is dexamethasone.
55. The method of claim 52, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is depression or anxiety.
56. The method of claim 52, wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is emesis.
57. The method of claim 55, further comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one anti-depressant agent and/or at least one anti-anxiety agent.
58. The method of claim 55, further comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor, and wherein the physiological disorder, symptom or disease is depression.
59. A method for antagonizing an effect of a Substance P at a neurokinin-1 receptor site or for blocking at least one neurokinin-1 receptor, in a patient in need of such treatment, comprising administering to a patient, an effective amount of at least one compound of Claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and/or solvate thereof.
60. A purified compound according to Claim 1.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US63597104P | 2004-12-14 | 2004-12-14 | |
US60/635,971 | 2004-12-14 | ||
PCT/US2005/044647 WO2006065654A1 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2005-12-07 | Bridged ring nk1 antagonists |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2591079A1 true CA2591079A1 (en) | 2006-06-22 |
Family
ID=36011144
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002591079A Abandoned CA2591079A1 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2005-12-07 | Bridged ring nk1 antagonists |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US7354922B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1828188A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2008523144A (en) |
CN (1) | CN101115753A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2591079A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX2007007152A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006065654A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
PE20030762A1 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2003-09-05 | Schering Corp | HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS NK1 ANTAGONISTS |
AR065802A1 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2009-07-01 | Schering Corp | FORMULATIONS OF TABLETS CONTAINING SALTS OF 8- [(1- (3,5- BIS- (TRIFLUOROMETIL) FENIL) -ETOXI) - METHYL) -8- PHENYL -1, 7- DIAZA- SPIRO [4,5] DECAN - 2- ONA AND TABLETS PREPARED FROM THESE |
AR066191A1 (en) * | 2007-03-22 | 2009-08-05 | Schering Corp | PROCESS AND INTERMEDIARIES FOR THE SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUNDS 8- [(1- (3,5- BIS- (TRIFLUOROMETIL) PHENYL) - ETOXI) - METAL] - 8 PHENYL - 1,7- DIAZA - ESPIRO (4, 5) DECAN - 2 ONA |
WO2010028232A1 (en) * | 2008-09-05 | 2010-03-11 | Schering Corporation | Process and intermediates for the synthesis of 8-[{1-(3,5-bis-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-ethoxy}-methyl]-8-phenyl-1,7-diaza-spiro[4.5]decan-2-one compounds |
EP2484674A1 (en) | 2011-02-02 | 2012-08-08 | Rottapharm S.P.A. | Spiro aminic compounds with NK1 antagonist activity |
WO2013004766A1 (en) | 2011-07-04 | 2013-01-10 | Ferrari Giulio | Nk-1 receptor antagonists for treating corneal neovascularisation |
EP2813501A4 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2015-04-15 | Kureha Corp | Method for producing 4-benzyl-1-methyl-6-oxabicyclo[3,2,0]heptane derivative |
JPWO2013069614A1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2015-04-02 | 株式会社クレハ | Method for producing 4-benzyl-1-methyl-6-oxabicyclo [3,2,0] heptane derivative and method for producing azole derivative |
US20170197910A1 (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2017-07-13 | Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted vinyl and alkynyl cyanocycloalkanols and vinyl and alkynyl cyanoheterocycloalkanols as active agents against abiotic plant stress |
AR101214A1 (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2016-11-30 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | CIANO-CICLOALQUILPENTA-2,4-DIENOS, CIANO-CICLOALQUILPENT-2-EN-4-INAS, CIANO-HETEROCICLILPENTA-2,4-DIENOS AND CYANO-HETEROCICLILPENT-2-EN-4-INAS REPLACED AS ACTIVE PRINCIPLES PLANTS ABIOTIC |
CN105017251B (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2018-06-29 | 齐鲁制药有限公司 | A kind of Preparation Method And Their Intermediate of nk 1 receptor antagonist |
CN108148060B (en) * | 2016-12-05 | 2020-06-19 | 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 | Substituted heterocyclic compound and derivative thereof, pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and application thereof |
US20210015834A1 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2021-01-21 | Ospedale San Raffaele S.R.L. | Nk-1 antagonists for use in the treatment of ocular pain |
US20230134843A1 (en) | 2020-03-11 | 2023-05-04 | Ospedale San Raffaele S.R.L. | Treatment of stem cell deficiency |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1994010165A1 (en) | 1992-10-28 | 1994-05-11 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited | 4-arylmethyloxymethyl piperidines as tachykinin antagonists |
JPH08504435A (en) | 1992-12-14 | 1996-05-14 | メルク シヤープ エンド ドーム リミテツド | 4-Aminomethyl / thiomethyl / sulfonylmethyl-4-phenylpiperidine as tachykinin receptor antagonists |
AU685212B2 (en) | 1994-01-13 | 1998-01-15 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited | Gem-disubstituted azacyclic tachykinin antagonists |
CA2260269A1 (en) | 1996-07-17 | 1998-01-22 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Alteration of circadian rhythmicity with a tachykinin antagonist |
PE20030762A1 (en) * | 2001-12-18 | 2003-09-05 | Schering Corp | HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS NK1 ANTAGONISTS |
ATE435226T1 (en) * | 2004-04-07 | 2009-07-15 | Schering Corp | NK1 ANTAGONISTS WITH CONDENSED RING |
-
2005
- 2005-12-01 US US11/291,363 patent/US7354922B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2005-12-07 CA CA002591079A patent/CA2591079A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-12-07 JP JP2007546775A patent/JP2008523144A/en active Pending
- 2005-12-07 WO PCT/US2005/044647 patent/WO2006065654A1/en active Application Filing
- 2005-12-07 CN CNA2005800480544A patent/CN101115753A/en active Pending
- 2005-12-07 EP EP05849677A patent/EP1828188A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-12-07 MX MX2007007152A patent/MX2007007152A/en active IP Right Grant
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2008523144A (en) | 2008-07-03 |
CN101115753A (en) | 2008-01-30 |
WO2006065654A1 (en) | 2006-06-22 |
EP1828188A1 (en) | 2007-09-05 |
US7354922B2 (en) | 2008-04-08 |
MX2007007152A (en) | 2007-08-14 |
US20060258665A1 (en) | 2006-11-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9969711B2 (en) | NK1 antagonists | |
JP4500984B2 (en) | Derivatives of pyrrolidine and piperidine as NK1 antagonists | |
JP2005535659A (en) | 1-amido-4-phenyl-4-benzyloxymethyl-piperidine derivatives and related compounds as neurokinin-1 (NK-1) antagonists for the treatment of vomiting, depression, anxiety and cough | |
CA2591079A1 (en) | Bridged ring nk1 antagonists | |
EP1747221B1 (en) | Fused ring nk1 antagonists | |
Xiao et al. | Bridged ring NK 1 antagonists | |
AU2012216435B8 (en) | Piperidine derivatives as NK1 antagonists | |
Shah et al. | NK 1 antagonists | |
AU2017201251A1 (en) | Piperidine derivatives as nk1 antagonists | |
MXPA06011715A (en) | Fused ring nk1 antagonists |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |